1 बापदादा द्वारा मिले हुए खज़ानों को स्वयं में समाकर कार्य में लगाओ अनुभव की अथॉरिटी बनो bāpdādā dvārā milē huē khazānō̃ kō svayã mē̃ samākar kārya mē̃ lagāō anubhav key|kī authority banō bāpdādā dvārā milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svayã mē̃[postp.] samānā[abs.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada through (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] treasure to x in merge[abs.] task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Merge the treasures you have received from BapDada into yourself, use them and become an authority of experience.
2आज चारों ओर के सर्व खज़ाने जमा करने वाले सम्पन्न बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj chārō̃ ōr K|kē sarv khazānē jamā karnē vālē sampann bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampann[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today everywhere (K|of) all treasure (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who full child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, Baba is seeing all the children everywhere who have accumulated all treasures and have become full.
3साथ-साथ हर एक बच्चे ने कहाँ तक सर्व खज़ाने जमा किया है उसकी रिजल्ट देख रहे थे . sāth-sāth har ēk bachchē nē kahā̃ tak sarv khazānē jamā kiyā hai uskī result dēkh rahē thē . sāth-sāth har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] kahā̃ tak[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] result dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . x each one child ∅ to what extent all treasure accumulate that[.kī] result see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .
3As well as this, Baba is also seeing the result as to what extent each child has accumulated all treasures.
4खज़ाने तो बापदादा द्वारा बहुत अविनाशी प्राप्त हुए हैं . khazānē tō bāpdādā dvārā bahut avināśhī prāpt huē haĩ . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bāpdādā dvārā bahut avināśhī[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . treasure then BapDada through very imperishable reached be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
4You have received many imperishable treasures from BapDada.
5सबसे पहले बड़े ते बड़ा खज़ाना है ज्ञान धन जिससे मुक्ति और जीवनमुक्ति की प्राप्ति हुई है . sabsē pahlē baṛē tē baṛā khazānā hai gyān dhan jissē mukti aur jīvanmukti key|kī prāpti huī hai . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.sg.sē] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . the most (x|firstly) very from very treasure be[pres.sg.23] knowledge wealth that[.sē] liberation and liberation-in-life (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
5The first and foremost greatest treasure of all is the treasure of the wealth of knowledge through which you have received liberation and liberation-in-life.
6पुरानी देह और पुरानी दुनिया से मुक्त जीवनमुक्त स्थिति और मुक्तिधाम में जाने की सभी बच्चों को प्राप्त है . purānī dēh aur purānī duniyā sē mukt jīvanmukt sthiti aur muktidhām mē̃ jānē key|kī sabhī bachchō̃ kō prāpt hai . purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] jīvanmukt[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . old body and old world from free x stage and land of liberation in (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) all child to reached be[pres.sg.23] .
6All the children have received liberation from the old body and the old world and the stage of liberation-in-life, and the way to go to the land of liberation.
7साथ में एक ज्ञान का खज़ाना नहीं लेकिन योग का भी खज़ाना है जिससे सर्व शक्तियों की प्राप्ति होती है . sāth mē̃ ēk gyān kā khazānā nahī̃ lēkin yōg kā bhī khazānā hai jissē sarv śhaktiyō̃ key|kī prāpti hōtī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.sē] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . with in one knowledge of treasure not but yoga of too treasure be[pres.sg.23] that[.sē] all Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] .
7There isn't just the treasure of knowledge, but, together with that, there is also the treasure of yoga through which you attain all powers.
8साथ-साथ धारणा करने का खज़ाना जिससे सर्व गुणों की प्राप्ति होती है . sāth-sāth dhārṇā karnē kā khazānā jissē sarv guṇō̃ key|kī prāpti hōtī hai . sāth-sāth dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.sē] sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x dharna do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of treasure that[.sē] all virtue (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] .
8Together with those is the treasure to imbibe, through which you attain all virtues.
9साथ साथ सेवा का खज़ाना जिससे दुआओं का खज़ाना खुशी का खज़ाना प्राप्त होता है . sāth sāth sēvā kā khazānā jissē duāō̃ kā khazānā khuśhī kā khazānā prāpt hōtā hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.sē] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . with with service of treasure that[.sē] blessing of treasure happiness of treasure reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
9And with this is the treasure of service through which you receive the treasure of blessings and the treasure of happiness.
10साथ-साथ सबसे बड़े ते बड़ा खज़ाना वर्तमान संगमयुग का है समय का है क्योंकि सारे कल्प में यह संगम का समय अमूल्य खज़ाना है . sāth-sāth sabsē baṛē tē baṛā khazānā vartamān saṅgamyug kā hai samay kā hai kyōṅki sārē kalp mē̃ yah saṅgam kā samay amūlya khazānā hai . sāth-sāth sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vartamān[adj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] amūlya[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x the most very from very treasure present confluence age of be[pres.sg.23] time of be[pres.sg.23] because the whole cycle in this confluence of time invaluable treasure be[pres.sg.23] .
10And together with all these is the greatest treasure of all - the time of the confluence age because, throughout the whole cycle, the time of the confluence age is the most valuable time.
11इस संगम के समय का एक एक संकल्प वा एक एक घड़ी बहुत अमूल्य है क्योंकि संगम समय पर ही बापदादा और बच्चों का मधुर मिलन होता है और कोई भी युग में परमात्म बाप और परमात्म बच्चों का मिलन नहीं होता . is saṅgam K|kē samay kā ēk ēk saṅkalp vā ēk ēk ghaṛī bahut amūlya hai kyōṅki saṅgam samay par hī bāpdādā aur bachchō̃ kā madhur milan hōtā hai aur kōī bhī yug mē̃ paramātma bāp aur paramātma bachchō̃ kā milan nahī̃ hōtā . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] bāpdādā aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhur[adj.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this confluence (K|of) time of one one thought or one one moment very invaluable be[pres.sg.23] because confluence time (at|other) only BapDada and child of sweet meeting be[pres.sg.m.23] someone else too age in Supreme Soul father and Supreme Soul child of meeting not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
11Every thought and every moment of the period of the confluence age is very invaluable because it is only at the confluence age that the sweet meeting of BapDada and the children takes place. 12In no other age does the meeting of God, the Father, and the Godly children take place.
12साथ-साथ संगम समय ही है जिसमें बापदादा द्वारा सर्व खज़ाने प्राप्त होते हैं . sāth-sāth saṅgam samay hī hai jismē̃ bāpdādā dvārā sarv khazānē prāpt hōtē haĩ . sāth-sāth saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā dvārā sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x confluence time only be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] BapDada through all treasure reached be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
13As well as this, it is only at the time of the confluence age that you attain all treasures from BapDada.
13खज़ाना जमा होने का समय संगमयुग ही है और कोई भी युग में जमा का खाता जमा करने की बैंक ही नहीं है . khazānā jamā hōnē kā samay saṅgamyug hī hai aur kōī bhī yug mē̃ jamā kā khātā jamā karnē key|kī bank hī nahī̃ hai . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bank hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . treasure (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time confluence age only be[pres.sg.23] someone else too age in saving account (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) bank only not be[pres.sg.23] .
14It is only at the confluence age that you are able to accumulate the treasures; in no other age is there an account in which to accumulate them or a bank in which to credit them.
14सिर्फ एक संगमयुग है जिसमें जितना खज़ाने जमा करने चाहो उतना कर सकते हो और इस संगम समय का जो महत्व है वह यही है कि एक जन्म में अनेक जन्मों के लिए खज़ाना जमा कर सकते हैं . sirph ēk saṅgamyug hai jismē̃ jitnā khazānē jamā karnē chāhō utnā kar saktē hō aur is saṅgam samay kā jō mahatva hai vah yahī hai ki ēk janm mē̃ anēk janmō̃ kē liē khazānā jamā kar saktē haĩ . sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] aur yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . only one confluence age be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] the more treasure (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] and this confluence time of that importance be[pres.sg.23] that this be[pres.sg.23] that one (be born[root]|life) in many life for treasure accumulate .
15There is just the one confluence age in which you can accumulate as much as you want, and the importance of this confluence period is that you can accumulate for many births in just one birth.
15इसलिए यह छोटे से युग का बहुत महत्व है और खज़ाने भी बापदादा द्वारा प्राप्त सभी बच्चों को होता है . isliē yah chhōṭē sē yug kā bahut mahatva hai aur khazānē bhī bāpdādā dvārā prāpt sabhī bachchō̃ kō hōtā hai . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā dvārā prāpt[adj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . therefore this small from age of very importance be[pres.sg.23] and treasure too BapDada through reached all child to be[pres.sg.m.23] .
16This is why this small age has so much importance and all the children attain the treasures from BapDada.
16बाप सभी को देते हैं लेकिन खज़ाने को जमा करने में हर एक बच्चा अपने पुरूषार्थ अनुसार करता है . bāp sabhī kō dētē haĩ lēkin khazānē kō jamā karnē mē̃ har ēk bachchā apnē purūṣhārth anusār kartā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth anusār karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father all to give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but treasure to (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in each one child one’s own effort according to do[pres.sg.m.23] .
17The Father who gives is One and He gives equally to all, but, in accumulating these treasures, every child accumulates them according to his effort.
17बाप देने वाला भी एक है और एक जैसा सबको देता है एक ही समय पर देता है लेकिन धारण करने में क्या देखा कि बाप ने एक जैसा दिया लेकिन धारण करने में हर एक का अपना अपना पुरूषार्थ रहा क्योंकि खज़ाने को धारण करने के लिए एक तो अपने पुरूषार्थ से प्रालब्ध बना सकते हैं दूसरा सदा स्वयं सन्तुष्ट रहना और सर्व को सन्तुष्ट करना सन्तुष्टता की विशेषता से खज़ाना जमा कर सकते हो और तीसरा सेवा से क्योंकि सेवा से सर्व आत्माओं को खुशी की प्राप्ति होती है तो खुशी का खज़ाना प्राप्त कर सकते हो . bāp dēnē vālā bhī ēk hai aur ēk jaisā sabkō dētā hai ēk hī samay par dētā hai lēkin dhāraṇ karnē mē̃ kyā dēkhā ki bāp nē ēk jaisā diyā lēkin dhāraṇ karnē mē̃ har ēk kā apnā apnā purūṣhārth rahā kyōṅki khazānē kō dhāraṇ karnē kē liē ēk tō apnē purūṣhārth sē prālabdh banā saktē haĩ dūsrā sadā svayã santuṣhṭ rahnā aur sarv kō santuṣhṭ karnā santuṣhṭatā key|kī viśhēṣhtā sē khazānā jamā kar saktē hō aur tīsrā sēvā sē kyōṅki sēvā sē sarv ātmāō̃ kō khuśhī key|kī prāpti hōtī hai tō khuśhī kā khazānā prāpt kar saktē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabkō dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puruṣhārth rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ēk[adj.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā svayã santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . father give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too one be[pres.sg.23] and one like everything give[pres.sg.m.23] one only time (at|other) give[pres.sg.m.23] but adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that father ∅ one like give[past-part.m.sg.d.] but adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in each one of (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) effort (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) because treasure to adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for one then one’s own effort from reward create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] other constantly x content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and all to content do[inf.m.sg.d.] contentment (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality from treasure accumulate and third service from because service from all soul to happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] then happiness of treasure reach .
18The Father, the Bestower, is One and gives equally to all at the same time, but what did He see in the children imbibing them. 19That, although the Father gave equally to all, in imbibing them, each one made his own individual effort because, to imbibe the treasures, firstly, you can create your reward through your own effort, secondly, you constantly have to remain content and make everyone content. 20With the speciality of contentment you can accumulate the treasures and thirdly, with service, because, through service, all souls attain happiness and so you can accumulate the treasure of happiness.
18अपना पुरूषार्थ और सर्व को सन्तुष्ट करने का पुरूषार्थ और तीसरा सेवा का पुरूषार्थ . apnā purūṣhārth aur sarv kō santuṣhṭ karnē kā purūṣhārth aur tīsrā sēvā kā purūṣhārth . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] puruṣhārth aur sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth . (one’s own|adopt[root]) effort and all to content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of effort and third service of effort . 19इन तीनों प्रकार से खज़ाने जमा कर सकते हो . in tīnō̃ prakār sē khazānē jamā kar saktē hō . in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (in|this) all three form from treasure accumulate .
21Your own effort, the effort to make everyone content and the third is the effort in service: you can accumulate the treasures in these three ways.
20खज़ाने जमा करने में विशेष सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आने में एक तो निमित्त भाव निर्माण भाव निःस्वार्थ भाव हर आत्मा प्रति शुभ भावना और शुभ कामना रखने की आवश्यकता है . khazānē jamā karnē mē̃ viśhēṣh sambandh-sampark mē̃ ānē mē̃ ēk tō nimitt bhāv nirmāṇ bhāv niḥsvārth bhāv har|her ātmā prati śhubh bhāvnā aur śhubh kāmnā rakhnē key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] niḥsvārth[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] prati śhubh bhāvnā[x] aur śhubh kāmnā[x] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . treasure (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in special x in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in one then instrument consciousness creation consciousness altruistic consciousness (x[root]|x) soul for pure feeling and good wishes keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] .
22In order to accumulate the treasures, specially when coming in connection and relationship with others, have the consciousness of being an instrument, have humility, with altruistic motives - there is the need to have good wishes and pure feelings for all souls.
21अगर सेवा में वा सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में यह सब है तो पुण्य का खाता और दुआओं का खाता बहुत सहज जमा कर सकता है . agar sēvā mē̃ vā sambandh-sampark mē̃ yah sab hai tō puṇya kā khātā aur duāō̃ kā khātā bahut sahaj jamā kar saktā hai . agar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vā sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō puṇya kā khātā[x] aur duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] jamā karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . if service in or x in this all be[pres.sg.23] then accounts of charity and blessing of (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) very easy accumulate .
23If you have all these things in service and in relationships and connections, then you can very easily accumulate in your account of charity and account of blessings.
22तो बापदादा सबके पोतामेल देख रहे थे तो क्या देखा ? tō bāpdādā sabkē pōtāmēl dēkh rahē thē tō kyā dēkhā ? tō bāpdādā sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then BapDada everyone's account(s) see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
24BapDada was seeing everyone's chart: what did He see?
23चारों ओर के बच्चों में नम्बरवार देखा . chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ mē̃ number-vār dēkhā . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . everywhere (K|of) child in numberwise see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
25He saw that all the children everywhere were numberwise.
24बाप एक है एक ही समय पर देते हैं लेकिन जमा करने में तीन प्रकार के बच्चे देखे - एक बच्चे तो जमा हुआ खज़ाना खाया जमा भी किया और खाके खत्म कर देते हैं . bāp ēk hai ēk hī samay par dētē haĩ lēkin jamā karnē mē̃ tīn prakār K|kē bachchē dēkhē - ēk bachchē tō jamā huā khazānā khāyā jamā bhī kiyā aur khākē khatm kar dētē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] - ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur khānā[abs.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . father one be[pres.sg.23] one only time (at|other) give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x form (K|of) child (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) - one child then (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] treasure eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and eat[abs.] finished do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
26The Father is One, He gives to everyone at the same time, but, in them accumulating these, He saw three types of children. 27One are those who accumulate the treasures and use them up immediately. 28They do accumulate, but then use them and finish them.
25दूसरे खाया जमा किया और जमा करने में अटेन्शन देके बढ़ाया भी . dūsrē khāyā jamā kiyā aur jamā karnē mē̃ attention dēkē baṛhāyā bhī . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] attention dēnā[abs.] baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . other eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] accumulate and (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in attention give[abs.] increase[past-part.m.sg.d.] too .
29The second are those who use them, they accumulate and they also increase them by paying attention to their accumulation.
26खज़ाने बढ़ाने का साधन क्या है ? khazānē baṛhānē kā sādhan kyā hai ? khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? treasure increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities what be[pres.sg.23] ?
30What is the method to increase the treasures?
27बढ़ाने का साधन है जो खज़ाने मिले वह समय पर जो परिस्थिति आती है उस परिस्थिति अनुसार कार्य में लगाना . baṛhānē kā sādhan hai jō khazānē milē vah samay par jō paristhiti ātī hai us paristhiti anusār kārya mē̃ lagānā . baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anusār kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] that treasure (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that time (at|other) that circumstances come[pres.sg.f.23] that circumstances according to task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
31The method to increase the treasures is to use the treasures that you have received in any adverse situation that comes up, according to the time.
28जो कार्य में लगाते हैं स्थिति द्वारा परिस्थिति को बदल सकते हैं उसका जमा होता है . jō kārya mē̃ lagātē haĩ sthiti dvārā paristhiti kō badal saktē haĩ uskā jamā hōtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dvārā paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.kā] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that task in attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] stage through circumstances to change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] that[.kā] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
32Those who use these treasures and change their situation through their stage are able to accumulate.
29जो कार्य में नहीं लगाते तो जमा नहीं होता है . jō kārya mē̃ nahī̃ lagātē tō jamā nahī̃ hōtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that task in not attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
33Those who do not use these treasures do not accumulate them.
30तो हर एक अपने आपसे पूछो कि समय पर अपने प्रति वा दूसरों के प्रति कार्य में लगाते हो ! tō har ēk apnē āpsē pūchhō ki samay par apnē prati vā dūsrō̃ kē prati kārya mē̃ lagātē hō ! tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati vā dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] ! then each one one’s own you[.sē] ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that time (at|other) one’s own for or other for task in attach[pres.pl.m.2] !
34So, each one of you should ask yourself: Am I using the treasures for myself and for others at the right time?
31जितना कार्य में लगायेंगे उतना बढ़ता जायेगा क्योंकि कार्य में लगाने से अनुभव होता जाता है . jitnā kārya mē̃ lagāyēṅgē utnā baṛhtā jāyēgā kyōṅki kārya mē̃ lagānē sē anubhav hōtā jātā hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] kyōṅki kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . the more task in attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] because task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] from experience be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] .
35The more you use them, the more they will increase because, by using them, you continue to become experienced.
32तो अनुभव की अथॉरिटी एड होती जाती है . tō anubhav key|kī authority add hōtī jātī hai . tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority add hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . then experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority add be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] .
36So, you continue to add to the authority of experience.
33तो चेक करो अपने आपसे पूछो कि यह सारे खज़ाने जमा हैं ? tō check karō apnē āpsē pūchhō ki yah sārē khazānē jamā haĩ ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[x] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own you[.sē] ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this the whole treasure x[x] ?
37So check and ask yourself: Have I accumulated all these treasures?
34और बढ़ाने का साधन समय पर कार्य में लगाते हैं ? aur baṛhānē kā sādhan samay par kārya mē̃ lagātē haĩ ? aur baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? and increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities time (at|other) task in attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
38Am I using the method to increase these treasures at the right time?
35अनुभव की अथॉरिटी बढ़ती जाती है ? anubhav key|kī authority baṛhtī jātī hai ? anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] ? experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] ?
39Is my authority of experience increasing?
36क्योंकि अथॉरिटीज में सबसे ज्यादा अनुभव की अथॉरिटी सबसे ज्यादा गाई जाती है . kyōṅki authorities mē̃ sabsē jyādā anubhav key|kī authority sabsē jyādā gāī jātī hai . kyōṅki authority mē̃[postp.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . because authority in the most more experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority the most more (sing[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .
40Out of all the authorities, it is the authority of experience that is remembered the most.
37तो हर एक को अपना खाता बढ़ाना है . tō har ēk kō apnā khātā baṛhānā hai . tō har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then each one to (one’s own|adopt[root]) (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
41So, each one of you has to increase your account.
38चेक करना है क्योंकि अभी समय है चेक करके अभी भी खज़ाने बढ़ा सकते हो . check karnā hai kyōṅki abhī samay hai check karkē abhī bhī khazānē baṛhā saktē hō . check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] check karnā[abs.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because now time be[pres.sg.23] check do[abs.] now too treasure increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
42You have to check because now is the time to check and you are still able to increase the treasures.
39अभी चांस है फिर चांस भी खत्म हो जायेगा . abhī chance hai phir chance bhī khatm hō jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] chance bhī[p.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . now chance be[pres.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) chance too finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
43You still have a chance and then this chance will finish.
40चाहेंगे खज़ाना बढ़ायें लेकिन बढ़ा नहीं सकेंगे . chāhē̃gē khazānā baṛhāyē̃ lēkin baṛhā nahī̃ sakē̃gē . chāhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|baṛhānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] treasure increase[opt.pl.12hon3] but (grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]|increase[root]) not can[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
44You will not then be able to increase them even if you want to.
41बापदादा ने देखा खज़ाना मिलता है खुशी-खुशी से अपने में समाने का प्रयत्न भी करते हैं लेकिन खज़ाना जब मिलता है मुरली द्वारा ही खज़ाने मिलते हैं तो दो प्रकार के बच्चे हैं - एक सुनने वाले और दूसरे हैं समाने वाले . bāpdādā nē dēkhā khazānā miltā hai khuśhī-khuśhī sē apnē mē̃ samānē kā prayatna bhī kartē haĩ lēkin khazānā jab miltā hai murlī dvārā hī khazānē miltē haĩ tō dō prakār K|kē bachchē haĩ - ēk sunnē vālē aur dūsrē haĩ samānē vālē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jab milnā[pres.sg.m.23] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā hī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] treasure receive[pres.sg.m.23] happiness from one’s own in merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but treasure when receive[pres.sg.m.23] flute through only treasure receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] - one listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and other be[pres.pl.12hon3] merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
45BapDada has seen that you take the treasures, and you happily even try to absorb them into yourself, but when you receive the treasures - you only receive the treasures through the murli - there are two types of children. 46One are those who simply listen and the others are those who merge it into themselves.
42कई बच्चे सुनके बहुत खुश होते हैं लेकिन सुनना और समाना दोनों में बहुत फर्क है . kaī bachchē sunkē bahut khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin sunnā aur samānā dōnō̃ mē̃ bahut phark hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sunnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] bahut fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some child listen[abs.] very happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but listen[inf.m.sg.d.] and merge[inf.m.sg.d.] x in very difference be[pres.sg.23] .
47Some children become very happy on hearing it, but there is a lot of difference between just hearing and merging it into yourself.
43समाने वाले अनुभवी बनते जाते हैं क्योंकि समाया हुआ समय पर कार्य में लगाते खज़ाने को बढ़ाते रहते हैं . samānē vālē anubhavī bantē jātē haĩ kyōṅki samāyā huā samay par kārya mē̃ lagātē khazānē kō baṛhātē rahtē haĩ . samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] kyōṅki samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who experienced become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] because merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] time (at|other) task in attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] treasure to increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
48Those who merge it into themselves continue to become experienced because at the right time they use what they have merged and so continue to increase the treasures.
44सुनने वाले वर्णन करते हैं बहुत अच्छा सुनाया बहुत अच्छी बात बोली बाबा ने लेकिन समाने के बिना समय पर काम में नहीं ला सकते हैं . sunnē vālē varṇan kartē haĩ bahut achchhā sunāyā bahut achchhī bāt bōlī bābā nē lēkin samānē K|kē binā samay par kām mē̃ nahī̃ lā saktē haĩ . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[past-part.f.] bābā nē[postp.] lēkin samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very achcha speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] very achcha matter speak[past-part.f.] Baba ∅ but merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) without time (at|other) (task|lust) in not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
49Those who simply listen to it speak about it, and they relate it very well, and they even say that what Baba said was very good. 50However, without merging it in themselves, they are unable to use it at the right time.
45तो आप सभी चेक करो समाने वाले हैं थोड़ा भी अगर कम होगा भरपूर नहीं होगा तो हलचल होगी . tō āp sabhī check karō samānē vālē haĩ thōṛā bhī agar kam hōgā bharpūr nahī̃ hōgā tō halchal hōgī . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] agar kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] bharpūr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō halchal[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then you all check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] short too if decrease full not be[fut.m.sg.23] then upheaval be[fut.f.sg.23] . 46लेकिन समाया हुआ फुल होगा तो हलचल नहीं होगी . lēkin samāyā huā full hōgā tō halchal nahī̃ hōgī . lēkin samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] full hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō halchal[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . but merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] full be[fut.m.sg.23] then upheaval not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
51So, all of you have to check: Am I one who has merged it in the self? 52If there is even a little less, if it is not full, there will be fluctuation, but someone who has merged it in himself will be full and so there won't be any fluctuation.
47इसलिए आज बापदादा ने सबके खज़ाने चेक किया . isliē āj bāpdādā nē sabkē khazānē check kiyā . isliē āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . therefore today BapDada ∅ everyone's treasure check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
53This is why BapDada checked everyone's treasures today.
48सुनाया ना - कि तीन प्रकार के बच्चे हैं अभी अपने आपको चेक करो मैं कौन ? sunāyā nā - ki tīn prakār K|kē bachchē haĩ abhī apnē āpkō check karō maĩ kaun ? sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā - ki[conj.] tīn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ - that x form (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] now one’s own you[.kō] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I who ?
54You were told that there are three types of children. 55Now check yourself to see: Who am I?
49खज़ाने को बढ़ाना अर्थात् समय पर कार्य में लगाना . khazānē kō baṛhānā arthāt samay par kārya mē̃ lagānā . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . treasure to increase[inf.m.sg.d.] that is time (at|other) task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
56To increase the treasures means to use them at the right time.
50जितना कार्य में लगाते जाते उतना खज़ाना बढ़ता जाता है क्योंकि जो भी खज़ाना है खज़ाने का मालिक खज़ाने को कार्य में लाता है . jitnā kārya mē̃ lagātē jātē utnā khazānā baṛhtā jātā hai kyōṅki jō bhī khazānā hai khazānē kā mālik khazānē kō kārya mē̃ lātā hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.m.23] . the more task in attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x treasure grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] because that too treasure be[pres.sg.23] treasure of master treasure to task in x[pres.sg.m.23] .
57The more you continue to use the treasures, the more they increase because whatever treasures there are, it is the master of the treasures who uses the treasures.
51खज़ाना अपने को कार्य में नहीं लगाता . khazānā apnē kō kārya mē̃ nahī̃ lagātā . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . treasure one’s own to task in not attach[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
58The treasures themselves do not use themselves.
52तो आप सभी को सर्व खज़ाने बाप ने वर्से में दिया है . tō āp sabhī kō sarv khazānē bāp nē varsē mē̃ diyā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then you all to all treasure father ∅ inheritance in give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
59The Father has given all of you all the treasures as an inheritance.
53तो बाप के खज़ाने को अपना खज़ाना बनाना यह हर एक को अपना अटेन्शन देना है क्योंकि जितना खज़ाना भरपूर होगा उतना ही भरपूर अवस्था में अचल अडोल होंगे . tō bāp K|kē khazānē kō apnā khazānā banānā yah har ēk kō apnā attention dēnā hai kyōṅki jitnā khazānā bharpūr hōgā utnā hī bharpūr avasthā mē̃ achal aḍōl hōṅgē . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achal aḍōl[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then father (K|of) treasure to (one’s own|adopt[root]) treasure create[inf.m.sg.d.] this each one to (one’s own|adopt[root]) attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because the more treasure full be[fut.m.sg.23] x only full stage in unshakeable unshakeable be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
60Each one of you has to pay attention to make the Father's treasures your own because the fuller you are in an overflowing state, the more you will remain unshakeable and immovable.
54बापदादा यही चाहता है कि एक एक बच्चा सम्पन्न हो कम नहीं हो क्योंकि यह चांस बाप द्वारा अविनाशी खाता जमा होना यह सिर्फ अभी हो सकता है . bāpdādā yahī chāhtā hai ki ēk ēk bachchā sampann hō cum|kam nahī̃ hō kyōṅki yah chance bāp dvārā avināśhī khātā jamā hōnā yah sirph abhī hō saktā hai . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] chance bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā avināśhī[adj.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . BapDada this x[pres.sg.m.23] that one one child full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x|less) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because this chance father through imperishable (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[inf.m.sg.d.] this only now be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
61BapDada wants each child to become full, not to be any less because it is only now that you have a chance to accumulate in the imperishable account through the Father.
55इसीलिए कहा हुआ भी है अभी नहीं तो कभी नहीं . isīliē kahā huā bhī hai abhī nahī̃ tō kabhī nahī̃ . isīliē kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] nahī̃ tō[x] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] now otherwise ever not .
62This is why it is said: If not now, then never!
56यह संगम समय के लिए ही गायन है . yah saṅgam samay kē liē hī gāyan hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] hī[p.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this confluence time for only x be[pres.sg.23] .
63This is the praise of the time of the confluence age.
57भविष्य में तो जो जमा किया है उसका फल प्राप्त करेंगे लेकिन प्राप्ति का समय सिर्फ अब है . bhaviṣhya mē̃ tō jō jamā kiyā hai uskā phal prāpt karē̃gē lēkin prāpti kā samay sirph ab hai . bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō jō[pn.;d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] ab[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . future in then that accumulate that[.kā] fruit reach but attainment of time only now be[pres.sg.23] .
64In the future you will attain the fruit of whatever you have accumulated, but the time to attain it is just now.
58तो हर एक को अपना खाता देखना है . tō har ēk kō apnā khātā dēkhnā hai . tō har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then each one to (one’s own|adopt[root]) (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
65So, each one of you has to check your account.
59जिसका जितना भण्डारा भरपूर है उसके नयनों से चलन से चेहरे से मालूम होता है उसकी चलन और चेहरा ऐसे लगेगा जैसे खिला हुआ गुलाब का पुष्प . jiskā jitnā bhaṇḍārā bharpūr hai uskē nayanō̃ sē chalan sē chēhrē sē mālūm hōtā hai uskī chalan aur chēhrā aisē lagēgā jaisē khilā huā gulāb kā puṣhp . jō[pn.sg.kā] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khilānā[root]|khilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that[.kā] the more treasure store full be[pres.sg.23] of that[.kē] eye from behaviour from face from x be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kī] behaviour and face such x[fut.m.sg.23] like (feed[root]|in bloom[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] rose of flower .
66To whatever extent each one's treasure-store is full is visible through their eyes, their activity and their face. 67Their face and activity will be like a rose in bloom.
60बापदादा हर एक के चलन और चेहरे से देखता रहता कि कितना हर्षित कितना खुशमिजाज़ रहता है ! bāpdādā har ēk K|kē chalan aur chēhrē sē dēkhtā rahtā ki kitnā harṣhit kitnā khuśhmijāz rahtā hai ! bāpdādā har ēk[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harṣhit[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhmizāj[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! BapDada each one (K|of) behaviour and face from see[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that so cheerful so x remain[pres.sg.m.23] !
68BapDada continues to see from each one's activity and face how cheerful and happy they remain.
61नयनों से रूहानियत , चेहरे से मुस्कराहट और कर्म से हर एक गुण सभी को अनुभव होता है . nayanō̃ sē rūhāniyat , chēhrē sē muskarāhaṭ aur karma sē har ēk guṇ sabhī kō anubhav hōtā hai . nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] muskarāhaṭ[n.f.;sg.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] har ēk[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . eye from x , face from x and deed from each one virtue all to experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
69Spirituality through the eyes, a smile on the face and from their actions, everyone experiences all the virtues.
62तो हर एक अपने आपको चेक करे . tō har ēk apnē āpkō check karē . tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] check karnā[opt.sg.23] . then each one one’s own you[.kō] check do[opt.sg.23] .
70So each of you should check yourself.
63बापदादा की हर एक बच्चे में यही शुभ भावना है कि हर एक बच्चा अनेक आत्माओं को ऐसा खज़ानों से सम्पन्न बनावे . bāpdādā key|kī har ēk bachchē mē̃ yahī śhubh bhāvnā hai ki har ēk bachchā anēk ātmāō̃ kō aisā khazānō̃ sē sampann banāvē . bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] banānā[opt.sg.23] . BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) each one child in this pure feeling be[pres.sg.23] that each one child many soul to such treasure from full create[opt.sg.23] .
71BapDada has the pure hope in all the children that each child should make all other souls full of such treasures.
64आज विश्व की आत्मायें सभी यही चाहती हैं कि कुछ न कुछ आध्यात्मिक शक्ति मिल जाए . āj viśhva key|kī ātmāyē̃ sabhī yahī chāhtī haĩ ki kuchh na kuchh ādhyātmik śhakti mil jāē . āj viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ki[conj.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh ādhyātmik[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . today world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul all this x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that anything not anything spiritual Shakti receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . 65और आध्यात्मिक शक्ति के दाता आप ब्राह्मण आत्मायें ही हैं क्योंकि होलीएस्ट हाइएस्ट और रिचेस्ट आप आत्मायें ही हैं . aur ādhyātmik śhakti K|kē dātā āp brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ hī haĩ kyōṅki holiest highest aur richest āp ātmāyē̃ hī haĩ . aur ādhyātmik[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki holiest[adj.] high aur rich āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and spiritual Shakti (K|of) bestower you Brahmin soul only be[pres.pl.12hon3] because holiest high and rich you soul only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
72Today, souls of the world want to receive some spiritual power, and it is only you Brahmin souls who are bestowers of spiritual power because you souls are the holiest, highest and richest souls.
66होलीएस्ट भी सब आत्माओं से ज्यादा आप हो . holiest bhī sab ātmāō̃ sē jyādā āp hō . holiest[adj.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . holiest too all soul from more you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
73Out of all souls, you are the holiest of all.
67आप आत्माओं की पूजा जैसे विधिपूर्वक होती है वैसे और किसकी भी नहीं होती . āp ātmāō̃ key|kī pūjā jaisē vidhipūrvak hōtī hai vaisē aur kiskī bhī nahī̃ hōtī . āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhipūrvak hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur kaun[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . you soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) like with discipline be[pres.sg.f.23] x and who[.kī] too not be[pres-part.f.] .
74No other souls are worshipped with discipline in the same way as you souls are worshipped.
68अभी लास्ट जन्म में भी आप आत्माओं की पूजा और कोई भी धर्मपिता वा महान आत्मायें जो निमित्त बनी हैं उन्हों की नहीं है . abhī last janm mē̃ bhī āp ātmāō̃ key|kī pūjā aur kōī bhī dharmpitā vā mahān ātmāyē̃ jō nimitt banī haĩ unhō̃ key|kī nahī̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] dharm-pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now last (be born[root]|life) in too you soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) someone else too founder father or great soul that instrument become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not be[pres.sg.23] .
75Even now in the last birth, you souls are worshipped; no founder father or great souls who are instruments are worshipped like you are.
69विधिपूर्वक पूजा भले यादगार बनाते हैं लेकिन विधिपूर्वक पूजा नहीं होती . vidhipūrvak pūjā bhalē yādgār banātē haĩ lēkin vidhipūrvak pūjā nahī̃ hōtī . vidhipūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yādgār[x] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vidhipūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . with discipline (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) benefit memorial create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but with discipline (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not be[pres-part.f.] .
76Although their memorials are made, they are not worshipped with discipline in the same way as you are.
70और आप जैसा खज़ाना रिचेस्ट इन दी वर्ल्ड आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं का एक जन्म का खज़ाना गैरन्टी 21 जन्म चलना ही है क्योंकि बाप द्वारा बाप का वर्सा मिला है . aur āp jaisā khazānā richest in the world āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kā ēk janm kā khazānā guarantee 21 janm chalnā hī hai kyōṅki bāp dvārā bāp kā varsā milā hai . aur āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] richest in the world[x] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] guarantee 21 janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and you like treasure the richest in the world you Brahmin soul of one (be born[root]|life) of treasure guarantee 21 (be born[root]|life) continue[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] because father through father of inheritance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
77And your treasures are - you are the richest in the world. 78The treasures of this one birth of you Brahmin souls are guaranteed to continue for 21 births because you have received Baba's inheritance from the Father.
71तो जैसे बाप अविनाशी है वैसे ही बाप द्वारा मिला हुआ खज़ाना भी अविनाशी हो जाता है . tō jaisē bāp avināśhī hai vaisē hī bāp dvārā milā huā khazānā bhī avināśhī hō jātā hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then like father imperishable be[pres.sg.23] x only father through (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] treasure too imperishable be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
79So, just as the Father is imperishable, in the same way, the treasures that you receive from the Father also become imperishable.
72इसलिए रिचेस्ट इन दी वर्ल्ड होलीएस्ट इन दी वर्ल्ड . isliē richest in the world holiest in the|dī world . isliē richest in the world[x] holiest[adj.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] world . therefore the richest in the world holiest (in|this) (the|give[past-part.f.]) world .
80This is why you are richest in the world, the holiest in the world.
73तो सभी अपने को ऐसे विशेष सेवाधारी समझते हो ना ! tō sabhī apnē kō aisē viśhēṣh sēvādhārī samajhtē hō nā ! tō sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then all one’s own to such special server understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
81All of you consider yourselves to be such special servers, do you not?
74आज के समय अनुसार विश्व की आत्माओं को आवश्यकता किस चीज़ की है जानते हो ना ! āj K|kē samay anusār viśhva key|kī ātmāō̃ kō āvaśhyaktā kis chīz kī hai jāntē hō nā ! āj K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! today (K|of) time according to world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul to need (who|what) thing do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
82According to today's time, do you know what souls of the world need at the present time?
75आज विश्व को खुशी शक्ति और स्नेह की आवश्यकता है . āj viśhva kō khuśhī śhakti aur snēh key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai . āj viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today world to happiness Shakti and love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] .
83Today, the world needs happiness, power and love.
76आत्मिक स्नेह चाहते हैं लेकिन आप ब्राह्मण आत्मायें अभी समय अनुसार दाता बनो . ātmik snēh chāhtē haĩ lēkin āp brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ abhī samay anusār dātā banō . ātmik[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . soul-conscious love x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you Brahmin soul now time according to bestower become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
84They want spiritual love and so, according to the time, you Brahmin souls have to become bestowers.
77मन्सा से शक्तियां दो वाचा से ज्ञान दो और कर्मणा से गुणदान दो . mansā sē śhaktiyā̃ dō vāchā sē gyān dō aur karmaṇā sē guṇdān dō . mansā sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] vāchā sē[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur karmaṇā sē[postp.] guṇ-dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . through the mind from Shakti (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x from knowledge (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and x from donation of virtues (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
85Through your mind give them powers, through your words give them knowledge and through your actions, give them the donation of virtues.
78ब्रह्मा बाप ने अन्त में तीन शब्द सभी बच्चों को सौगात में दिये याद है ना - इन तीन शब्दों को अगर सेवा में लगाओ तो बहुत आत्माओं को सन्तुष्ट कर सकते हो . brahmā bāp nē ant mē̃ tīn śhabda sabhī bachchō̃ kō saugāt mē̃ diyē yād hai nā - in tīn śhabdō̃ kō agar sēvā mē̃ lagāō tō bahut ātmāō̃ kō santuṣhṭ kar saktē hō . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] agar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bahut ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . Brahma father ∅ end in x word all child to gift in give[past-part.m.pl.,o.] remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - (in|this) x word to if service in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then very soul to content do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
86At the end, Father Brahma gave all the children three words as a gift. 87You remember these three words, do you not? 88If you use these three words for service, you can make many souls content.
79वह तीन शब्द हैं - निराकारी निरहंकारी और निर्विकारी . vah tīn śhabda haĩ - nirākārī nirahaṅkārī aur nirvikārī . vah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - nirākār[adj.] nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] aur nirvikārī[adj.] . that x word be[pres.pl.12hon3] - incorporeal egoless and viceless .
89These three words are: incorporeal, egoless and viceless.
80तो मन्सा द्वारा निराकारी वाचा द्वारा निरहंकारी और कर्मणा द्वारा निर्विकारी . tō mansā dvārā nirākārī vāchā dvārā nirahaṅkārī aur karmaṇā dvārā nirvikārī . tō mansā dvārā nirākār[adj.] vāchā dvārā nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] aur karmaṇā dvārā nirvikārī[adj.] . then through the mind through incorporeal x through egoless and x through viceless .
90Be incorporeal through your mind, be egoless through your words and viceless through your actions.
81यह तीनों शब्द सेवा में लगाओ . yah tīnō̃ śhabda sēvā mē̃ lagāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this all three word service in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
91Use these three words in service.
82अभी विश्व को आपके शक्ति द्वारा थोड़ा सा दिल का आनंद सुख की प्राप्ति हो सब निराश हैं और आप विश्व के लिए आशाओं के सितारे हो और बापदादा सभी बच्चों को बाप के आशाओं के सितारे देखते हैं . abhī viśhva kō āpkē śhakti dvārā thōṛā sā dil kā ānand sukh key|kī prāpti hō sab nirāśh haĩ aur āp viśhva kē liē āśhāō̃ K|kē sitārē hō aur bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō bāp K|kē āśhāō̃ K|kē sitārē dēkhtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānand[x] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adj.] nirāśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now world to you[.kē] Shakti through short x heart of bliss happiness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all disheartened be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you world for desire (K|of) star (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and BapDada all child to father (K|of) desire (K|of) star see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
92Now, the world has to receive a little bliss in their hearts and a little happiness through the power of you souls. 93All are disheartened whereas you are the stars of hope for the world, and BapDada sees all of you children as the stars of the Father's hopes.
83सिर्फ उम्मीदों के सितारे नहीं लेकिन आशायें पूर्ण करने वाले आशाओं के सितारे हो . sirph ummīdō̃ K|kē sitārē nahī̃ lēkin āśhāyē̃ pūrṇ karnē vālē āśhāō̃ K|kē sitārē hō . sirph[adj.] ummīd[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only x (K|of) star not but desire x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who desire (K|of) star (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
94You are not just the stars in whom there is hope, but you are the stars of hope who will fulfil all hopes.
84बापदादा के पास बच्चों का स्नेह सदा पहुंचता है और सबसे सहज पुरूषार्थ कौन सा है ? bāpdādā kē pās bachchō̃ kā snēh sadā pahuñchtā hai aur sabsē sahaj purūṣhārth kaun sā hai ? bāpdādā kē pās[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sabsē sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada to child of love constantly reach[pres.sg.m.23] and the most easy effort which be[pres.sg.23] ?
95The children's love constantly reaches BapDada. 96What is the easiest effort of all?
85भिन्न भिन्न पुरूषार्थ हैं लेकिन सबसे सहज पुरूषार्थ स्नेह है . bhinn bhinn purūṣhārth haĩ lēkin sabsē sahaj purūṣhārth snēh hai . bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sabsē sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . different different effort be[pres.pl.12hon3] but the most easy effort love be[pres.sg.23] .
97There is a variety of effort, but the easiest effort is love.
86स्नेह में मेहनत भी मुहब्बत के रूप में बदल जाती है . snēh mē̃ mēhnat bhī muhabbat K|kē rūp mē̃ badal jātī hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . love in effort too love (K|of) Rup in change[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
98In love, even labour changes into a form of love.
87तो बाप के स्नेही बनना अर्थात् सहज पुरूषार्थ करना . tō bāp K|kē snēhī bannā arthāt sahaj purūṣhārth karnā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then father (K|of) loving become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is easy effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
99So, to be loving to the Father means to make easy effort.
88स्नेह में आप सभी अपने को स्नेही समझते हैं कभी कभी नहीं सदा स्नेही . snēh mē̃ āp sabhī apnē kō snēhī samajhtē haĩ kabhī kabhī nahī̃ sadā snēhī . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] snēhī[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] sadā snēhī[adj.] . love in you all one’s own to loving understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ever ever not constantly loving .
100In terms of love, do all of you consider yourselves to be constantly loving? 101Not loving only sometimes, but constantly loving? 102Constantly?
89जो अपने को सदा स्नेह के सागर में समाये हुए समझते हैं सदा और स्नेह के सागर में समाया हुआ . jō apnē kō sadā snēh K|kē sāgar mē̃ samāyē huē samajhtē haĩ sadā aur snēh K|kē sāgar mē̃ samāyā huā . jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sadā snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sadā aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that one’s own to constantly love (K|of) ocean in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] constantly and love (K|of) ocean in merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 90डुबकी लगाने वाले नहीं समाये हुए . ḍubkī lagānē vālē nahī̃ samāyē huē . ḍubkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
103Not those who just take a dip, but those who remain merged. 104Those who feel that they are always merged in the Ocean of Love? 105Are you always merged in the Ocean of Love?
91समझते हैं स्नेह के सागर में समाये हुए जो अपने को ऐसे समझते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . samajhtē haĩ snēh K|kē sāgar mē̃ samāyē huē jō apnē kō aisē samajhtē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] love (K|of) ocean in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that one’s own to such understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands . 92सदा ? sadā ? sadā ? constantly ?
106Those who think that they are constantly merged in the Ocean of Love, those who consider themselves to be like this, constantly, raise your hands!
93सदा शब्द को अण्डरलाइन करो . sadā śhabda kō underline karō . sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] underline karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly word to underline do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
107Underline the word "Constantly"!
94हाथ उठाओ सदा सदा ? hāth uṭhāō sadā sadā ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sadā sadā ? raise your hands constantly constantly ?
108Raise your hands! 109Constantly? 110Constantly?
95हाथ तो अच्छा उठाया है . hāth tō achchhā uṭhāyā hai . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . hand then achcha uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
111You have raised your hands very well.
96बापदादा हाथ को देखके खुश होते हैं क्योंकि हिम्मत रखते हैं . bāpdādā hāth kō dēkhkē khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki himmat rakhtē haĩ . bāpdādā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada hand to see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
112BapDada is pleased to see the hands because you are maintaining courage.
97अगर कुछ कम भी होगा तो याद तो आयेगा कि हाथ उठाया है क्योंकि बापदादा का एक एक बच्चे से अति स्नेह है . agar kuchh cum|kam bhī hōgā tō yād tō āyēgā ki hāth uṭhāyā hai kyōṅki bāpdādā kā ēk ēk bachchē sē ati snēh hai . agar kuchh cum|kam[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] ati snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if anything (x|less) too be[fut.m.sg.23] then remembrance then come[fut.m.sg.23] that raise your hands because BapDada of one one child from x love be[pres.sg.23] .
113If there is even a little less, you will remember that you had raised your hand, because BapDada has deep love for each and every child.
98क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
114Why?
99क्योंकि बापदादा जानते हैं कि यह एक एक आत्मा अनेक बार स्नेही बनी है अभी भी बनी है और हर कल्प यही आत्मायें स्नेही बनेंगी . kyōṅki bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki yah ēk ēk ātmā anēk bār snēhī banī hai abhī bhī banī hai aur har|her kalp yahī ātmāyē̃ snēhī banē̃gī . kyōṅki bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . because BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this one one soul many time loving become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] now too become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and (x[root]|x) cycle this soul loving become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
115Because BapDada knows that each and every soul has become loving many times, that you are loving now and that it is you same souls who will be loving every cycle.
100नशा है खुशी है कि हम ही हर कल्प के अधिकारी आत्मायें हैं ? naśhā hai khuśhī hai ki ham hī har|her kalp K|kē adhikārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] happiness be[pres.sg.23] that we only (x[root]|x) cycle (K|of) (one) who has a right soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
116Do you have the intoxication and happiness that you are the souls who claim this right every cycle?
101बापदादा ऐसे अधिकारी आत्माओं को देख दिल की दुआयें दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā aisē adhikārī ātmāō̃ kō dēkh dil key|kī duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada such (one) who has a right soul to see[root] heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 102सदा अथक बन उड़ते चलो . sadā athak ban uṛtē chalō . sadā athak[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly x (become[root]|x) fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
117Seeing the souls who have claimed such a right, BapDada is giving them blessings from His heart: Constantly be tireless and continue to fly!
103कभी भी अगर कोई परिस्थिति आती है तो स्व-स्थिति को नीचे ऊपर नहीं करो . kabhī bhī agar kōī paristhiti ātī hai tō sva-sthiti kō nīchē ūpar nahī̃ karō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] nīchē ūpar nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever too if some circumstances come[pres.sg.f.23] then original stage to down over not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
118If any adverse situation arises, then do not let your original stage fluctuate.
104स्व-स्थिति के आगे परिस्थिति कुछ नहीं कर सकती . sva-sthiti kē āgē paristhiti kuchh nahī̃ kar saktī . sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē āgē[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kuchh nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . original stage in front of circumstances anything not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] .
119The adverse situation cannot do anything in front of your original stage.
105अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
120Achcha.
106पहली बारी कौन आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . pahlī bārī kaun āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
121Those who have come for the first time, raise your hands!
107बहुत आते हैं . bahut ātē haĩ . bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
122Many have come.
108बापदादा को एक एक बच्चे को देख नाज़ है वाह मेरे बच्चे वाह ! bāpdādā kō ēk ēk bachchē kō dēkh nāz hai vāh mērē bachchē vāh ! bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] nāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! BapDada to one one child to see[root] pleasure be[pres.sg.23] wah! I[.kē] child wah! !
123Seeing each child, BapDada is proud of them: Wah My children! 124Wah!
109जैसे आप दिल में गीत गाते हो ना आटोमेटिक वाह बाबा वाह ! jaisē āp dil mē̃ gīt gātē hō nā automatic vāh bābā vāh ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā automatic vāh bābā vāh ! like you heart in x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ x wah! Baba wah! !
125You sing the song from your heart automatically: Wah Baba! wah!
110मेरा बाबा वाह ! mērā bābā vāh ! maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā vāh ! I[.kā] Baba wah! !
126My Baba, wah!
111ऐसे ही बाप भी बच्चों के प्रति यही गीत गाते कि वाह हर एक बच्चा वाह ! aisē hī bāp bhī bachchō̃ kē prati yahī gīt gātē ki vāh har ēk bachchā vāh ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] yahī[pn.;d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] vāh har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vāh ! such only father too child for this x sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that wah! each one child wah! !
127In the same way, the Father sings the same song for the children: Wah each child of Mine! wah!
112क्योंकि बाप को भी कल्प के बाद आप बच्चे मिलते हो और एक एक विश्व के आगे महान है . kyōṅki bāp kō bhī kalp kē bād āp bachchē miltē hō aur ēk ēk viśhva kē āgē mahān hai . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because father to too cycle after you child receive[pres.pl.m.2] and one one world in front of great be[pres.sg.23] .
128The Father finds you children only after a cycle and each one of you is great in front of the world.
113तो बाप भी गीत गाते हैं वाह बच्चे वाह ! tō bāp bhī gīt gātē haĩ vāh bachchē vāh ! tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! then father too x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wah! child wah! !
129So, the Father also sings the songs: Wah children! wah!
114वाह वाह हो ना ! vāh vāh hō nā ! vāh vāh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! wah! wah! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
130You are wah, wah, are you not?
115वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 116वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 117बच्चे हो ना ! bachchē hō nā ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
131You are the wah wah children, are you not?
118वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 119वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 120बच्चे हाथ उठाओ . bachchē hāth uṭhāō . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . child raise your hands .
132Wah, wah children, raise your hands!
121तो सदा यही याद रखो हम वाह वाह ! tō sadā yahī yād rakhō ham vāh vāh ! tō sadā yahī[pn.;d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] vāh vāh ! then constantly this remember we wah! wah! ! 122बच्चे हैं . bachchē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
133So always remember that you are wah, wah children.
123चाहे पुरूषार्थी हैं लेकिन हैं वाह ! chāhē purūṣhārthī haĩ lēkin haĩ vāh ! chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vāh ! (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] but be[pres.pl.12hon3] wah! ! 124वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
134Even if you are effort-makers, you are wah, wah children.
125बच्चे बाप के वाह ! bachchē bāp K|kē vāh ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāh ! child father (K|of) wah! ! 126वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 127बच्चे बाप के साथ ही चलेंगे . bachchē bāp kē sāth hī chalē̃gē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hī[p.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . child father with only continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
135You are Baba's wah wah children who will return home with the Father.
128रह तो नहीं जायेंगे ना ! rah tō nahī̃ jāyēṅgē nā ! rahnā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! remain[root] then not go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
136You will not be left behind, will you?
129बाप तो कहते हैं हर एक बच्चे को स्नेह की गोदी में साथ ले जायें . bāp tō kahtē haĩ har ēk bachchē kō snēh key|kī gōdī mē̃ sāth lē jāyē̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . father then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] each one child to love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x in with carry .
137The Father says that: He will take each child with Him in the lap of love.
130तो तैयार हो ! tō taiyār hō ! tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
138So, are you ready?
131तैयार हैं ? taiyār haĩ ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
139Are you ready?
132रास्ते में रूक तो नहीं जायेंगे ? rāstē mē̃ rūk tō nahī̃ jāyēṅgē ? rāstā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] ruknā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? path in stop[root] then not go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
140You will not stop on the way somewhere, will you?
133साथ चलेंगे क्योंकि वायदा है वायदा तो निभाने वाले हो . sāth chalē̃gē kyōṅki vāydā hai vāydā tō nibhānē vālē hō . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because promise be[pres.sg.23] promise then fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
141You will return with the Father because you have promised this, you are the ones who will fulfil your promise, are you not?
134तो अभी बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि फरिश्ता रूप अपना इमर्ज करो . tō abhī bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki phariśhtā rūp apnā emerge karō . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that angel Rup (one’s own|adopt[root]) emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
142So, now, BapDada wants you to make your angelic form emerge.
135चलते फिरते फरिश्ता डे्रस वाले अनुभव कराओ . chaltē phirtē phariśhtā dress vālē anubhav karāō . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dress vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] angel dress those who experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
143While moving and walking around, give the experience of your angelic dress.
136बापदादा ने ड्रिल सुनाई ना . bāpdādā nē drill sunāī nā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] drill sunānā[past-part.f.] nā . BapDada ∅ drill speak[past-part.f.] ∅ .
144BapDada has told you about the drill, has He not?
137वस्त्र बदली करने की आदत तो है ना ! vastra badalī|badlī karnē key|kī ādat tō hai nā ! vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ādat[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! cloth (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) habit then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
145You have the habit of changing your clothes, do you not?
138तो जैसे शरीर की डे्रस बदली करते हो ऐसे ही आत्मा का स्वरूप फरिश्ता बार-बार अनुभव करो . tō jaisē śharīr key|kī dress badalī|badlī kartē hō aisē hī ātmā kā svarūp phariśhtā bār-bār anubhav karō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dress badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then like body (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dress (change[past-part.f.]|change) do[pres.pl.m.2] such only soul of form angel time experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
146Just as you change the dress of your body, in the same way, the form of the soul is angelic. 147Experience this again and again.
139फरिश्ता की डे्रस पसन्द है ना ! phariśhtā key|kī dress pasand hai nā ! phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dress pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! angel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dress love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
148You like the angelic dress, do you not?
140जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप अव्यक्त फरिश्ता रूप में वतन में बैठे हैं ऐसे बाप समान आप सब भी चलते फिरते फरिश्ते रूप में अनुभव करो क्योंकि फरिश्ता रूप होगा तभी देवता बनेंगे . jaisē brahmā bāp avyakt phariśhtā rūp mē̃ vatan mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ aisē bāp samān āp sab bhī chaltē phirtē phariśhtē rūp mē̃ anubhav karō kyōṅki phariśhtā rūp hōgā tabhī dēvtā banē̃gē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avyakt[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp samān[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tabhī dēvtā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . like Brahma father avyakt angel Rup in world in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] such equal to the Father you all too continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] angel Rup in experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because angel Rup be[fut.m.sg.23] x become deity .
149Just as Father Brahma is sitting in the subtle region in the angelic form, in the same way, all of you should also experience the angelic form while walking and moving along, the same as the Father because it is only when you have the angelic form that you will become a deity.
141जैसे बाप के तीन रूप याद रहते हैं ना . jaisē bāp K|kē tīn rūp yād rahtē haĩ nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . like father (K|of) x Rup remembrance remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
150You remember the three forms of the Father, do you not?
142बाप शिक्षक और सतगुरू ऐसे अपने भी तीन रूप याद करो - ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता और फरिश्ता सो देवता . bāp śhikṣhak aur satgurū aisē apnē bhī tīn rūp yād karō - brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā aur phariśhtā sō dēvtā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhak[x] aur satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . father teacher and Satguru such one’s own too x Rup remember - Brahmin (x|sleep[root]) angel and angel (x|sleep[root]) deity .
151The Father, Teacher and Satguru. 152In the same way, remember these three forms of yours - Brahmins to angels, angels to deities.
143यह तीन रूप पक्के हैं ना ! yah tīn rūp pakkē haĩ nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! this x Rup firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
153These three forms are firm, are they not?
144कभी ब्राह्मण की डे्रस पहनो कभी फरिश्ते की कभी देवता की . kabhī brāhmaṇ key|kī dress pahanō kabhī phariśhtē key|kī kabhī dēvtā key|kī . kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dress pahannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kabhī[adv.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kabhī[adv.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . ever Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) dress x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever angel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ever deity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
154Sometimes, wear your Brahmin dress, sometimes, the angelic dress and sometimes the deity dress.
145इस तीनों रूप में स्वतः ही त्रिकालदर्शा के सीट में बैठ साक्षी होके हर कार्य करते रहेंगे . is tīnō̃ rūp mē̃ svataḥ hī trikāldarśhā K|kē seat mē̃ baiṭh sākṣhī hōkē har|her kārya kartē rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] trikāldarśhī[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] seat mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . this all three Rup in automatically only trikaldarshi (K|of) seat in sit[root] detached observer be[abs.] (x[root]|x) task do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
155In these three forms, you can automatically be seated on the seat of being trikaldarshi and continue to carry out every task as a detached observer.
146तो सभी से बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि सदा बाप के साथ रहो अकेले नहीं बनो . tō sabhī sē bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki sadā bāp kē sāth rahō akēlē nahī̃ banō . tō sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all from BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that constantly father with remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] alone not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156So BapDada wants everyone to remain constantly with the Father and not to become alone.
147साथ रहेंगे तब साथ चलेंगे . sāth rahē̃gē tab sāth chalē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
157It is only when you stay with the Father that you will return with Him.
148अगर अभी कभी कभी रहेंगे तो साथ कैसे चलेंगे ! agar abhī kabhī kabhī rahē̃gē tō sāth kaisē chalē̃gē ! agar ab[adv.hī] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! if now ever ever remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then with how continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
158If you are with the Father only sometimes, then how would you return with Him?
149स्नेही स्नेही को कभी भूल नहीं सकता . snēhī snēhī kō kabhī bhūl nahī̃ saktā . snēhī[adj.] snēhī[adj.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . loving loving to ever (mistake|forget[root]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
159One who loves someone cannot forget the person one loves.
150सारे दिन में यह अभ्यास करते रहो . sārē din mē̃ yah abhyās kartē rahō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . the whole day in this practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
160Continue to practise this throughout the day.
151अभी अभी ब्राह्मण अभी अभी फरिश्ता अभी अभी देवता . abhī abhī brāhmaṇ abhī abhī phariśhtā abhī abhī dēvtā . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . now now Brahmin now now angel now now deity .
161One moment, a Brahmin, one moment an angel and one moment a deity.
152अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
162Achcha.
153चारों ओर के सर्व बच्चों को जो सदा खज़ाने से सम्पन्न हैं सदा अपनी चलन और चेहरे से सेवाधारी हैं क्योंकि आप सबका वायदा है कि हम विश्व परिवर्तक बन विश्व का परिवर्तन करेंगे तो चलते फिरते भी सेवाधारी सेवा में तत्पर रहते हैं . chārō̃ ōr K|kē sarv bachchō̃ kō jō sadā khazānē sē sampann haĩ sadā apnī chalan aur chēhrē sē sēvādhārī haĩ kyōṅki āp sabkā vāydā hai ki ham viśhva parivartak ban viśhva kā parivartan karē̃gē tō chaltē phirtē bhī sēvādhārī sēvā mē̃ tatpar rahtē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sadā khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] viśhva parivartak[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tatpar[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere (K|of) all child to that constantly treasure from full be[pres.pl.12hon3] constantly one’s own behaviour and face from server be[pres.pl.12hon3] because you everyone's promise be[pres.sg.23] that we world transformer (become[root]|x) world of transformation do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too server service in x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 154ऐसे विश्व सेवाधारी विश्व परिवर्तक हर एक को बाप के खज़ानों से भरपूर करने वाले बापदादा के चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार और दिल से दुआयें और नमस्ते . aisē viśhva sēvādhārī viśhva parivartak har ēk kō bāp K|kē khazānō̃ sē bharpūr karnē vālē bāpdādā K|kē chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur dil sē duāyē̃ aur namastē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva parivartak[x] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur namastē . such world server world transformer each one to father (K|of) treasure from full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada (K|of) everywhere (K|of) child to BapDada of love, remembrance and heart from blessing and x .
163To all the children from everywhere who are constantly full of the treasures, those who are constant servers through their activity and their face, because all of you have promised that you will become world transformers and transform the world, and so servers remain engaged in service while walking and moving around, such world servers and world transformers who make everyone full with the Father's treasures, to all of BapDada's children from everywhere, BapDada's love, remembrance, blessings from the heart and namaste.
155अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
164Achcha.
156सेवा का टर्न महाराष्ट्र ज़ोन का है : ( सभी ने नो प्राबलम का ताज पहना हुआ है ) अच्छा किया है सभी ने अपने ऊपर ताज लगा दिया है . sēvā kā turn mahārāṣhṭra zone kā hai : ( sabhī nē no problem kā tāj pahanā|pahnā huā hai ) achchhā kiyā hai sabhī nē apnē ūpar tāj lagā diyā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] no problem[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahnānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . service of you Maharashtra zone of be[pres.sg.23] : ( all ∅ no problem of crown (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make wear[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] all ∅ one’s own over crown (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
165It is Maharashtra Zone's turn to serve: (Everyone from the Maharashtra Zone was wearing a crown with "No Problem" written on it. 166It is good that all of you have crowned yourselves.
157जैसे ताजधारी नो प्राबलम लगाया है तो सभी के तरफ से बापदादा यही दुआ दे रहे हैं कि सदा नो प्राबलम भव . jaisē tājdhārī no problem lagāyā hai tō sabhī K|kē taraph sē bāpdādā yahī duā dē rahē haĩ ki sadā no problem bhav . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tājdhārī[adj.] no problem[x] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā no problem[x] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . like crowned no problem attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then all (K|of) direction from BapDada this blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that constantly no problem (may you be|x) .
167Just as you are crowned with "No Problem", so, on behalf of everyone, BapDada is giving the blessing: May you always be one with no problem.
158ऐसे हर एक मन-वाणी-कर्म संगठन में ऐसे ही सदा नो प्राबलम रहने वाले . aisē har ēk man-vāṇī-karm saṅgaṭhan mē̃ aisē hī sadā no problem rahnē vālē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] man-vāṇī-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā no problem[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . such each one thoughts, words and deeds gathering in such only constantly no problem remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
168In the same way, all of you should always remain those who have "No Problem" in your thoughts, words, actions and gathering.
159प्राबलम सेकण्ड में परिवर्तन हो जाए . problem second mē̃ parivartan hō jāē . problem second mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . problem second in transformation be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
169Problems should be transformed in a second.
160प्राबलम के रूप में आये और सम्पन्न स्वरूप में बदल जाये . problem K|kē rūp mē̃ āyē aur sampann svarūp mē̃ badal jāyē . problem K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] aur sampann[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . problem (K|of) Rup in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) and full form in change[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
170They may come as problems, but let them change into your complete form.
161अच्छा है सीन देख रहे हो कितनी अच्छी है . achchhā hai scene dēkh rahē hō kitnī achchhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] scene dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] scene see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
171It is good. 172Look how beautiful the scene is!
162संकल्प और श्वांस में नो प्राबलम . saṅkalp aur śhvāṅs mē̃ no problem . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] no problem[x] . thought and breathing in no problem .
173Let there be "No Problem" in your thoughts and breath.
163तो सभी के तरफ से जो ताजधारी बने हैं उन्हों को बधाई दो ताली बजाओ . tō sabhī K|kē taraph sē jō tājdhārī banē haĩ unhō̃ kō badhāī dō tālī bajāō . tō sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] tājdhārī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all (K|of) direction from that crowned become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to greetings (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174So, on behalf of everyone, everyone should applaud for those who are crowned. 175So congratulations to you all. 176You may all applaud.
164सभी बड़ी स्क्रीन में देखो देखो कितना अच्छा लगता है . sabhī baṛī screen mē̃ dēkhō dēkhō kitnā achchhā lagtā hai . sab[adv.hī] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] screen mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all very x in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so enjoy .
177Look on the big screen, see how beautiful they look!
165बापदादा एक एक बच्चे को जिन्होंने संकल्प किया है नो प्राबलम अर्थात् बाप समान सदा रहेंगे इसीलिए बापदादा पदमगुणा बधाईयां दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā ēk ēk bachchē kō jinhōnnē saṅkalp kiyā hai no problem arthāt bāp samān sadā rahē̃gē isīliē bāpdādā padamguṇā badhāīyā̃ dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.pl.nē] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] no problem[x] arthāt bāp samān[x] sadā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] isīliē bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada one one child to that[.nē] thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] no problem that is equal to the Father constantly remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x BapDada multimillion-fold greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
178To each of the children who have had the thought that they will remain those who have "No Problem", that is, that they will always remain like the Father; BapDada is therefore giving multimillion-fold blessings.
166अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
179Achcha.
167नाम ही महाराष्ट्र है . nām hī mahārāṣhṭra hai . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . name only Maharashtra be[pres.sg.23] .
180The name itself is Maharashtra.
168तो महाराष्ट्र अर्थात् महान स्वरूप द्वारा महान सेवा करने वाले . tō mahārāṣhṭra arthāt mahān svarūp dvārā mahān sēvā karnē vālē . tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt mahān, mahā[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā mahān, mahā[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then Maharashtra that is great form through great service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
181So, Maharashtra means those who are going to serve through their great form and do great service.
169अभी महाराष्ट्र ने कोई बड़ा प्रोग्राम नहीं किया है बहुत समय हो गया है कोई विशेष इन्वेन्शन कर महान सेवा का पार्ट बजाने में बापदादा को याद है कि महाराष्ट्र ने प्रदर्शनी निकालने का अच्छा पार्ट बजाया जो अभी तक भी प्रदर्शनी द्वारा सेवा हो रही है . abhī mahārāṣhṭra nē kōī baṛā programme nahī̃ kiyā hai bahut samay hō gayā hai kōī viśhēṣh invention kar mahān sēvā kā part bajānē mē̃ bāpdādā kō yād hai ki mahārāṣhṭra nē pradarśhanī nikālnē kā achchhā part bajāyā jō abhī tak bhī pradarśhanī dvārā sēvā hō rahī hai . ab[adv.hī] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] invention karnā[root] mahān, mahā[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . now Maharashtra ∅ some very programme not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] very time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] some special invention do[root] great service of part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] in BapDada to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] that Maharashtra ∅ exhibition x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of achcha play one's part that now until too exhibition through service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
182Now, for a long time Maharashtra has not done any big programme. 183It has been a long time since you created a special invention and played a great part in service. 184BapDada remembers that Maharashtra played a very good part in inventing the exhibitions and, even today, service is taking place through the exhibitions.
170तो जैसे यह विशेष भाई रमेश बच्चा निमित्त बना निमित्त बना अभी तक वह यादगार है . tō jaisē yah viśhēṣh bhāī Ramēśhh bachchā nimitt banā nimitt banā abhī tak vah yādgār hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ramēśh bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] tak vah[pn.sg.d.] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then like this special (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) Rameshbhai child instrument (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) instrument (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) now until that memorial be[pres.sg.23] .
185This special brother child Ramesh was an instrument, and, having become an instrument, that memorial exists even today.
171ऐसी कोई इन्वेन्शन अभी महाराष्ट्र को करना है . aisī kōī invention abhī mahārāṣhṭra kō karnā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] invention ab[adv.hī] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . such some invention now Maharashtra to do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
186So, now, Maharashtra has to create some invention.
172करना है ? karnā hai ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
187You have to do this, do you not?
173कोई नई बात करो . kōī naī bāt karō . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some new matter do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
188Now do something new!
174जैसे दिल्ली वालों ने हिम्मत रखी है ना तो सभी को सन्देश दे दें . jaisē dillī vālō̃ nē himmat rakhī hai nā tō sabhī kō sandēśh dē dē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . like Delhi those who ∅ courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ then all to message give[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 175बड़े मैदान में सन्देश तो दे दें . baṛē maidān mē̃ sandēśh tō dē dē̃ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] tō dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . very x in message then give[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 176चाहे अखबार द्वारा चाहे टी . वी . द्वारा मीडिया द्वारा सन्देश देना ही है उल्हना नहीं रह जाए . chāhē akhbār dvārā chāhē T . V|we . dvārā media dvārā sandēśh dēnā hī hai ulhanā nahī̃ rah jāē . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē T . V|we . dvārā media dvārā sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) newspaper through (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x . (x) . through media through message give[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] complaint not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
189Just as those from Delhi have maintained courage to give everyone the message, at least let us give the message to everyone on a big field; you have to give the message through the newspapers, TV, Media etc. so that no complaint remains.
177ऐसे कुछ न कुछ करते रहो क्योंकि बिचारी आत्मायें अभी समझती हैं कि आध्यात्मिकता आवश्यक है शान्ति चाहिए लेकिन विचारों को साधन नहीं मिलता . aisē kuchh na kuchh kartē rahō kyōṅki bichārī ātmāyē̃ abhī samajhtī haĩ ki ādhyātmiktā āvaśhyak hai śhānti chāhiē lēkin vichārō̃ kō sādhan nahī̃ miltā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki bichārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ki[conj.] ādhyātmiktā[n.f.;sg.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhānti chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] lēkin vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . such anything not anything do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] because poor people soul now understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that spirituality x be[pres.sg.23] peace (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) but x to facilities not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
190Continue to do something or other like that because the poor souls believe that spirituality is essential. 191They want peace but they haven't found the method for it.
178कोई उमंग उल्हास दिलाने वाला नहीं मिला है इसलिए हर एक ज़ोन को कुछ न कुछ करते रहना चाहिए . kōī umaṅg ulhās dilānē vālā nahī̃ milā hai isliē har ēk zone kō kuchh na kuchh kartē rahnā chāhiē . kōī[pn.;d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē har ēk[x] zone kō[postp.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] . some zeal enthusiasm x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore each one zone to anything not anything do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) .
192They haven't found anyone to give them zeal and enthusiasm and this is why each zone has to continue to do something or other.
179मधुबन में जैसे कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम चलता रहता है ऐसे कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम चलते रहना चाहिए . madhuban mē̃ jaisē kōī na kōī programme chaltā rahtā hai aisē kōī na kōī programme chaltē rahnā chāhiē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī na kōī[x] programme chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī na kōī[x] programme chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] . Madhuban in like one .. or another programme continue[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] such one .. or another programme continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) .
193Just as one or another thing continues to take place in Madhuban, in the same way, continue to have one or another programme.
180चाहे ब्राह्मणों का प्रोग्राम चाहे सन्देश देने का प्रोग्राम चाहे अपने उन्नति का नया नया प्रोग्राम क्योंकि कोई भी नया प्रोग्राम निकलता है तो बापदादा ने देखा है देश विदेश रूचि से करते हैं . chāhē brāhmaṇō̃ kā programme chāhē sandēśh dēnē kā programme chāhē apnē unnati kā nayā nayā programme kyōṅki kōī bhī nayā programme nikaltā hai tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai dēśh vidēśh rūchi sē kartē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kyōṅki kōī bhī[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Brahmin of programme (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) one’s own self-progress of new new programme because anyone new programme be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] then BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] land abroad interest from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
194It can be a programme of Brahmins, of giving a message, or a new programme for your own progress because when a new programme has been made, BapDada has seen that this land and the foreign lands do that with great interest.
181अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
195It is good.
182करते रहते हो और करते चलो . kartē rahtē hō aur kartē chalō . karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
196You continue to do it and so continue further.
183अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
197Achcha.
184अभी कोई नया प्लैन बनायेंगे ना ? abhī kōī nayā plan banāyēṅgē nā ? ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? now some new plan create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
198You will now make a new plan, will you not?
185कितने टाइम में बनायेंगे ? kitnē time mē̃ banāyēṅgē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? so time in create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
199In how much time?
186कितना मास चाहिए तैयारी में ? kitnā mās chāhiē taiyārī mē̃ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ? so (x|month) (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) x in ?
200How many months do you need for preparation?
187आपस में मीटिंग करना तारीख फिक्स करना क्योंकि देहली और बाम्बे दोनों स्थानों में महारथी सर्विसएबुल अच्छे अच्छे हैं और अभी हर एक ज़ोन में भी देखा है कि सर्विसएबुल बच्चे बढ़ते जाते हैं . āpas mē̃ meeting karnā tārīkh fix karnā kyōṅki dēhlī aur bāmbē dōnō̃ sthānō̃ mē̃ mahārathī serviceable achchhē achchhē haĩ aur abhī har ēk zone mē̃ bhī dēkhā hai ki serviceable bachchē baṛhtē jātē haĩ . āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] fix karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki dēhlī aur bāmbē dōnō̃ sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serviceable achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] serviceable bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . with each other meeting do[inf.m.sg.d.] x fix do[inf.m.sg.d.] because Delhi and Bombay x place in maharathi serviceable achcha achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] and now each one zone in too see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that serviceable child grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
201Have a meeting among yourselves and fix a date because in both places, Delhi and Bombay, there are good maharathi serviceable children. 202Baba has seen that in every zone, serviceable children are continually increasing.
188सर्विस के प्लैन करने वाले अथॉरिटीज़ बहुत हैं . service K|kē plan karnē vālē authorities bahut haĩ . service[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service (K|of) plan do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who authority very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
203There are many authorities that continue to carry out service plans.
189चाहे छोटा ज़ोन है चाहे बड़ा लेकिन सर्विसएबुल बन गये हैं इसीलिए अभी धूम मचाओ . chāhē chhōṭā zone hai chāhē baṛā lēkin serviceable ban gayē haĩ isīliē abhī dhūm machāō . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin serviceable bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] isīliē ab[adv.hī] dhūm[n.m.;sg.,d.] machānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small zone be[pres.sg.23] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very but serviceable become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] x now x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
204Whether it is a small zone or a big one, you have become serviceable and this is why you must now create this wave.
190एक ऐसा प्रोग्राम बनाओ जो सभी ज़ोन में एक साथ हो और मीडिया द्वारा एनाउन्स हो फलाने फलाने स्थान पर एक ही प्रोग्राम चल रहा है हर एक ज़ोन में और अखबार में डाला जाए तो इस इस स्थान में प्रोग्राम हो रहा है . ēk aisā programme banāō jō sabhī zone mē̃ ēk sāth hō aur media dvārā announce hō phalānē phalānē sthān par ēk hī programme chal rahā hai har ēk zone mē̃ aur akhbār mē̃ ḍālā jāē tō is is sthān mē̃ programme hō rahā hai . ēk[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] zone mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur media dvārā announce hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] programme chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] aur akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|ḍālnā[opt.sg.23.passive] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] programme hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one such programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all zone in one with (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and media through announce (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x x place (at|other) one only programme continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] each one zone in and newspaper in (create[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|create[opt.sg.23.passive]) then this this place in programme be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
205Now create such a programme that it takes place in all the zones at the same time, and it is announced through the Media that the same programme is taking place at such and such places in all the zones. 206It should be printed in the newspapers that this programme is taking place at such and such places.
191सारे स्थानों की एडे्रस और टॉपिक टॉपिक एक ही हो . sārē sthānō̃ key|kī address aur topic topic ēk hī hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] address aur topic topic ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . the whole place (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) address and topic topic one only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
207The address of all the places and it should be the same topic everywhere.
192एक ही समय हो एक ही टॉपिक हो जहाँ भी जायें यही टॉपिक देखें . ēk hī samay hō ēk hī topic hō jahā̃ bhī jāyē̃ yahī topic dēkhē̃ . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] topic hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] yahī[pn.;d.] topic dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . one only time (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) one only topic (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) where there too go[opt.pl.12hon3] this topic see[opt.pl.12hon3] .
208At the same time, there should be the same topic so that wherever they go, they see the same topic.
193यह हो सकता है ना ! yah hō saktā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā ! this be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ !
209This is possible, is it not?
194हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
210Is it possible?
195विदेश में भी इसी तारीख पर यही प्रोग्राम . vidēśh mē̃ bhī isī tārīkh par yahī programme . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.hī] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] programme . abroad in too this[.hī] x (at|other) this programme .
211Abroad too, there should be this same programme on the same date.
196तो चारों ओर एक हो . tō chārō̃ ōr ēk hō . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] ēk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then everywhere one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
212It should be the same programme everywhere.
197 ( इस वर्ष की थीम रखी गयी है - परमात्मा के वरदानों को प्राप्त करना ) यह टॉपिक तो अच्छी है कुछ भी आपस में फाइनल करो . ( is varṣh key|kī theme rakhī gayī hai - paramātmā K|kē vardānō̃ kō prāpt karnā ) yah topic tō achchhī hai kuchh bhī āpas mē̃ final karō . ( yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] theme rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive] - paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt karnā[x] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] topic tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] āpas mē̃[x] final karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( this year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) theme (keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive]) - Supreme Soul (K|of) blessing to reach ) this topic then achcha be[pres.sg.23] anything with each other final do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
213(This year's theme is; Receiving God's blessings.) 214This topic is good, you may finalise any topic among yourselves.
198आपस में मिलके डेट टापिक और एडवरटाइज कैसे हो यह बनाके दो . āpas mē̃ milkē date topic aur advertise kaisē hō yah banākē dō . āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] date topic aur advertise kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] banānā[abs.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . with each other receive[abs.] date topic and advertise how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this create[abs.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
215Discuss among yourselves and fix a date, topic and method of advertisement.
199जो भी टापिक रखेंगे पहले से ही बापदादा को पसन्द है . jō bhī topic rakhē̃gē pahlē sē hī bāpdādā kō pasand hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] topic rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too topic keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] beforehand only BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] .
216Whatever topic you decide on, BapDada already likes it in advance.
200अच्छा है क्योंकि अभी इच्छुक हैं पहले सुनते थे तो दूर भागते थे अभी चाहते हैं कि कुछ सुनें . achchhā hai kyōṅki abhī ichchhuk haĩ pahlē suntē thē tō dūr bhāgtē thē abhī chāhtē haĩ ki kuchh sunē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] ichchhuk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sunnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō dūr[adj.] bhāgnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ab[adv.hī] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kuchh sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] because now x be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x|firstly) listen[hab-past.pl.m.] then distant run[hab-past.pl.m.] now x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that anything listen[opt.pl.12hon3] .
217It is good because they now have an interest. 218Earlier, whenever they heard anything, they used to run away whereas now they want to hear something.
201वी . आई . पी भी इन्टे्रस्ट लेते हैं . V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī bhī interest lētē haĩ . V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] interest lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) too interest take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
219Even the VIPs are taking an interest.
202अभी एक ही आवाज फैले . abhī ēk hī āvāj phailē . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] . now one only noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) .
220Now, the same sound should spread everywhere.
203चारों ओर जहाँ भी जायें तो सुनें यही . chārō̃ ōr jahā̃ bhī jāyē̃ tō sunē̃ yahī . chārō̃ ōr[x] jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yahī[pn.;d.] . everywhere where there too go[opt.pl.12hon3] then listen[opt.pl.12hon3] this .
221Wherever they go, they should hear the same sound everywhere.
204अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
222Achcha.
205अच्छा है चारों ओर देखा जाता है कि वृद्धि भी अच्छी हो रही है ब्राह्मण बढ़ रहे हैं . achchhā hai chārō̃ ōr dēkhā jātā hai ki vr̥iddhi bhī achchhī hō rahī hai brāhmaṇ baṛh rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chārō̃ ōr[x] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] everywhere (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that growth too achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] Brahmin grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
223It is good. 224Everywhere, it has been seen that there is good growth and that Brahmins have increased.
206अभी नम्बरवार हैं लेकिन बापदादा यही चाहते कि नम्बरवन बनें . abhī number-vār haĩ lēkin bāpdādā yahī chāhtē ki number one banē̃ . ab[adv.hī] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] number one bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3] but BapDada this x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that number one become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
225It is numberwise at present, but BapDada wants everyone to be number one.
207नम्बरवार नहीं नम्बरवन . number-vār nahī̃ number one . number-wār nahī̃[neg] number one . numberwise not number one .
226Not numberwise, but number one.
208अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
227It is good.
209महाराष्ट्र कोई नई इन्वेन्शन निकालके सेवा में एक नवीनता का आवाज फैलायेगा . mahārāṣhṭra kōī naī invention nikālkē sēvā mē̃ ēk navīntā kā āvāj phailāyēgā . mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[fut.m.sg.23] . Maharashtra some new invention x[abs.] service in one newness of noise spread[fut.m.sg.23] .
228Maharashtra will create a new invention and spread the sound of newness.
210अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
229It is good.
211बापदादा को बहुत बहुत महारथी सर्विसएबुल बच्चे दिखाई दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā kō bahut bahut mahārathī serviceable bachchē dikhāī dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut bahut mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serviceable bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada to very very maharathi serviceable child be visible .
230BapDada can see many very good maharathi serviceable children.
212टीचर्स भी अच्छे अन्दाज में अपना अपना सेवाकेन्द्र सम्भाल रही हैं इसकी मुबारक हो और पदमगुणा बापदादा दुआयें दे रहे हैं . teachers bhī achchhē andāj mē̃ apnā apnā sēvākēndra sambhāl rahī haĩ iskī mubārak hō aur padamguṇā bāpdādā duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . teacher too achcha x in (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) centre be careful[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and multimillion-fold BapDada blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
231A good number of teachers too are looking after their centres and BapDada is giving congratulations and multimillion fold blessings.
213अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
232Achcha.
214धार्मिक विंग स्पोर्ट विंग : अच्छा . dhārmik wing sport wing : achchhā . dhārmik[adj.] wing sport wing : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . Religious wing sport wing : achcha . 215यह झण्डी हिला रहे हैं . yah jhaṇḍī hilā rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this flag make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
233Religious and Sports Wing: Achcha, they are waving their flags.
216अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
234It is good.
217अभी खेल वाले ऐसा कोई खेल निकालो जो खेल खेल में सन्देश मिल जाए . abhī khēl vālē aisā kōī khēl nikālō jō khēl khēl mē̃ sandēśh mil jāē . ab[adv.hī] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . now (play[root]|play) those who such some (play[root]|play) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (play[root]|play) (play[root]|play) in message receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
235Now, those of the Sports Wing should invent such a game that, just in playing this game they receive the message.
218जैसे आजकल इन्डिया खेल में नम्बर ले रहा है ऐसे आध्यात्मिक खेल ऐसे निकालो जैसे समाचार में आया था तो अमेरिका में पंतग उड़ाने के बहाने से सर्विस अच्छी हो गई और अभी भी गवर्मेन्ट चाहती है कि इस विधि से लोगों को सन्देश मिल जाए . jaisē ājkal India khēl mē̃ number lē rahā hai aisē ādhyātmik khēl aisē nikālō jaisē samāchār mē̃ āyā thā tō America mē̃ pantag uṛānē K|kē bahānē sē service achchhī hō gaī aur abhī bhī government chāhtī hai ki is vidhi sē lōgō̃ kō sandēśh mil jāē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ājkal India khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number lēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhyātmik[adj.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-perf.m.sg.] tō America mē̃[postp.] pataṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|bahānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] service[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] government chāhnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . like nowadays India (play[root]|play) in number take[pres.sg.m.prog.23] such spiritual (play[root]|play) such x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like news in come[past-perf.m.sg.] then America in kite x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) (shed[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|shed[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from service achcha be[past-part.f..root+jānā] and now too government x[pres.sg.f.23] that this method from people to message receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
236Nowadays, India is claiming number one in games, in the same way, invent a spiritual game, just as it was in the news that very good service took place in America with the excuse of flying kites so that even now, the Government wants people to receive a message through this method.
219ऐसे ही ऐसा कोई खेल तैयार करो जो चारों ओर खेल में सन्देश मिल जाए . aisē hī aisā kōī khēl taiyār karō jō chārō̃ ōr khēl mē̃ sandēśh mil jāē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] milnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . such only such some (play[root]|play) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everywhere (play[root]|play) in message receive[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
237In the same way, invent a game through which people everywhere can receive a message.
220समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
238Do you understand?
221ऐसा खेल तैयार करो . aisā khēl taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such (play[root]|play) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
239Prepare such a game.
222आजकल ट्रांसपोर्ट तो इन्डिया में ट्रांसपोर्ट की हालत बहुत खराब है राज़ एक्सीडेंट होते रहते हैं तो एक्सीडेंट से बचे कैसे करने वाले उसके लिए कोई ऐसे तैयार करो जो चलाने वाले सावधान रहें . ājkal transport tō India mē̃ transport key|kī hālat bahut kharāb hai rāz accident hōtē rahtē haĩ tō accident sē bachē kaisē karnē vālē uskē liē kōī aisē taiyār karō jō chalānē vālē sāvdhān rahē̃ . ājkal transport tō India mē̃[postp.] transport key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hālat[n.f.;sg.] bahut kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] accident hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō accident sē[postp.] bachnā[opt.sg.23]|bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāvdhān[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . nowadays transport then India in transport (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) situation very bad be[pres.sg.23] secret accident be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then accident from (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) how do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) some such x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who cautious remain[opt.pl.12hon3] .
240Nowadays, the situation with transport in India is very bad. 241Accidents continue to take place every day and so how can accidents be prevented by those who have the accidents. 242For this, make such a plan that those who drive remain careful.
223ऐसी कोई विधि निकालो जो चलाने वाले को सिखाने से सुनाने से उन्हों का मन शीतल हो जाए एकाग्र हो जाए . aisī kōī vidhi nikālō jō chalānē vālē kō sikhānē sē sunānē sē unhō̃ kā man śhītal hō jāē ēkāgr hō jāē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhītal[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ēkāgr[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . such some method x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] from speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] from that of mind cool be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] concentrated be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
243Create such a method that, by your teaching the drivers this and giving them this knowledge, their minds become cool and concentrated.
224इसको थोड़ा विस्तार से चारों ओर सेवा करना पड़ेगा क्योंकि आजकल इसकी आवश्यकता है . iskō thōṛā vistār sē chārō̃ ōr sēvā karnā paṛēgā kyōṅki ājkal iskī āvaśhyaktā hai . yah[pn.sg.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] kyōṅki ājkal yah[pn.sg.kī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kō] short expansion from everywhere service do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] because nowadays this[.kī] need be[pres.sg.23] . 225और बढ़ता ही जाता है . aur baṛhtā hī jātā hai . aur baṛhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . and grow[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only go[pres.sg.m.23] .
244You can do this with a little expansion and you will have to serve them because there is a need for it nowadays; it continues to increase.
226तो ऐसे बढ़ने वाले कार्य को परिवर्तन का प्रैक्टिकल स्वरूप दिखाओ गवर्मेन्ट को . tō aisē baṛhnē vālē kārya kō parivartan kā practical svarūp dikhāō government kō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical svarūp[x] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] government kō[postp.] . then such grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who task to transformation of x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] government to . 227तो इस कार्य करने से कैसे फर्क हुआ है . tō is kārya karnē sē kaisē phark huā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then this task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from how difference be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
245Show the Government the practical form of transformation of something that is getting worse; how there has been a difference by doing this particular thing.
228आजकल प्रैक्टिकल देखने चाहते हैं . ājkal practical dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . ājkal practical dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . nowadays practical see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
246Nowadays, they want to see things practically.
229तो ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो जो चलाने वाले ड्राइवर ऐसा कोई कर्तव्य करके दिखावे गवर्मेन्ट के आगे एक्जैम्पुल तैयार करके दिखाओ . tō aisā group taiyār karō jō chalānē vālē driver aisā kōī kartavya karkē dikhāvē government kē āgē example taiyār karkē dikhāō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] driver aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] government kē āgē[x] example taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x such some activity do[abs.] x government in front of example x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 230तभी सभी का अटेन्शन जायेगा . tabhī sabhī kā attention jāyēgā . tabhī sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . x all of attention go[fut.m.sg.23] . 231कोर्स कराते हो प्रोग्राम भी करते हो लेकिन ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करके दिखाओ जो एक्सीडेंट करने वाले परिवर्तन हो गये . course karātē hō programme bhī kartē hō lēkin aisā group taiyār karkē dikhāō jō accident karnē vālē parivartan hō gayē . course karānā[pres.pl.m.2] programme bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] accident karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . course make commit[pres.pl.m.2] programme too do[pres.pl.m.2] but such group x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that accident do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who transformation be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
247Only then will everyone's attention be drawn. 248You give courses and have programmes, but now, prepare such a group of drivers who do something that they become an example in front of the Government in that those who create accidents have changed.
232जैसे शराब पीने वाले बदलके दिखाते हो ना ऐसे एक्सीडेंट करने वाले परिवर्तन हो करके दिखायें ऐसा ग्रुप गवर्मेन्ट के आगे लाओ . jaisē śharāb pīnē vālē badalkē dikhātē hō nā aisē accident karnē vālē parivartan hō karkē dikhāyē̃ aisā group government kē āgē lāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharāb[n.f.;sg.] pīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] badalnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] accident karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group government kē āgē[x] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like alcohol drink[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who change[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ such accident do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who transformation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] such group government in front of x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
249Just as you show alcoholics being transformed, in the same way, bring in front of the Government a group of those who have accidents and been transformed.
233अभी बापदादा ने देखा गांव वाले जो सब्जियां वगैरा पैदा करते हैं वह बिना खराब चीज़ें ( हानिकारक दवाईयाँ व खाद आदि ) डालने के योगबल द्वारा सब्जियां तैयार करते हैं और गवर्मेन्ट को प्रैक्टिकल मिसाल दिखाते हैं . abhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā gānv vālē jō sabjiyā̃ vagairā paidā kartē haĩ vah binā kharāb chīzē̃ ( hānikārak davāīyā̃ va khād ādi ) ḍālnē K|kē yōgbal dvārā sabjiyā̃ taiyār kartē haĩ aur government kō practical misāl dikhātē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] sabjī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] vagairah[adv.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] binā kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ( hānikārak[adj.] davāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] va khād[n.f.;sg.] ādi[adj.] ) ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sabjī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur government kō[postp.] practical misāl[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] village those who that vegetable etc. born do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that without bad thing ( harmful x x alloy etc. ) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) power of yoga through vegetable x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and government to practical example x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
250BapDada has seen that the vegetables that are grown in some places are grown without chemicals etc. 251They treat the vegetables with the power of yoga and show samples of those vegetables to the Government.
234बापदादा ने सुना यहाँ आबू में भी प्रैक्टिस की है तो यह ऐसा ऐसा प्रूफ गवर्मेन्ट को दिखाना चाहिए . bāpdādā nē sunā yahā̃ ābū mē̃ bhī practice kī hai tō yah aisā aisā proof government kō dikhānā chāhiē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] yahā̃ ābū mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] practice karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] proof government kō[postp.] dikhānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dikhānā[.oblig3] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) here Abu in too practice do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then this such such proof government to (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) .
252BapDada has heard that this is practised in Abu itself, and so you should show such evidence to the Government.
235जो गवर्मेन्ट की प्राबलम है ना उसमें उन्हों को सहयोग मिले . jō government key|kī problem hai nā usmē̃ unhō̃ kō sahyōg milē . jō[pn.;d.] government key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] problem hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] . that government (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) problem be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that[.mē̃] that to cooperation (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) .
253The Government should receive some co-operation in their problem.
236फायदा मिले . phāydā milē . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] . profit (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) .
254They should see some benefit.
237ऐसे हर एक विंग प्रैक्टिकल प्रूफ तैयार करो . aisē har ēk wing practical proof taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] wing practical proof taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such each one wing practical proof x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
255In this way, each Wing should prepare the practical proof.
238सुनते हैं कि ऐसा हो रहा है लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल प्रूफ वाला ग्रुप जो है वह गवर्मेन्ट के आगे लाओ . suntē haĩ ki aisā hō rahā hai lēkin practical proof vālā group jō hai vah government kē āgē lāō . sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin practical proof vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] government kē āgē[x] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that such be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but practical proof those who group that be[pres.sg.23] that government in front of x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
256We hear that such things are happening, but bring in front of the Government a group of those who have given the practical proof.
239हर एक वर्ग ने सेवा अच्छी की है सेवा की वृद्धि हुई है और सब बिजी भी हो गये हैं लेकिन अभी बापदादा हर एक गवर्मेन्ट के डिपार्टमेंन्ट में प्रूफ दिखाने चाहते हैं . har ēk varg nē sēvā achchhī kī hai sēvā key|kī vr̥iddhi huī hai aur sab busy bhī hō gayē haĩ lēkin abhī bāpdādā har ēk government K|kē department mē̃ proof dikhānē chāhtē haĩ . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur sab[adj.] busy bhī[p.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā har ēk[x] government K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] department mē̃[postp.] proof dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . each one profession ∅ service achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) growth be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and all busy too be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] but now BapDada each one government (K|of) x in proof x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
257Each Wing has done good service, there has been growth in service and everyone has become busy, but BapDada now wants to show each department of the Government the proof.
240एक एक मिनिस्ट्री में कोई न कोई सबूत होना चाहिए . ēk ēk ministry mē̃ kōī na kōī sabūt hōnā chāhiē . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ministry mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . one one x in one .. or another x (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
258In each Ministry, there should be one or another form of proof.
241जैसे हार्ट का प्रूफ है ना . jaisē heart kā proof hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] heart kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] proof hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . like x of proof be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
259You have the proof of the heart (CAD).
242कईयों की हार्ट बिना आपरेशन के बिना दवाईयों के ठीक हुआ है ऐसे हर एक वर्ग अपना प्रूफ दिखाये . kaīyō̃ key|kī heart binā operation K|kē binā davāīyō̃ K|kē ṭhīk huā hai aisē har ēk varg apnā proof dikhāyē . kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] heart binā operation K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā davāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] proof dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . some (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x without operation (K|of) without x (K|of) OK be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] such each one profession (one’s own|adopt[root]) proof x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
260Without an operation and without any medicine, some people's hearts have become all right. 261In this way, each Wing should show its proof.
243अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
262Achcha.
244ऐसा खेल तैयार करना . aisā khēl taiyār karnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such (play[root]|play) x do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 245बापदादा भी देखेगा . bāpdādā bhī dēkhēgā . bāpdādā bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada too see[fut.m.sg.23] .
263Prepare such a game and BapDada will also see it.
246बापदादा देखेगा कौन सा वर्ग ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करके बाप के आगे रिपोर्ट देंगे . bāpdādā dēkhēgā kaun sā varg aisā group taiyār karkē bāp kē āgē report dēgē . bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] kaun sā[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] report dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada see[fut.m.sg.23] which profession such group x do[abs.] father in front of report give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
264BapDada will see which Wing will prepare such a group and give the Father a report.
247हर एक मिनिस्ट्री में होना चाहिए . har ēk ministry mē̃ hōnā chāhiē . har ēk[x] ministry mē̃[postp.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . each one x in (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
265It should be there in each of the ministries.
248अगर एक एक मिनिस्ट्री में प्रूफ होगा तो आटोमेटिकली यह खबर एक दो से पहुंचती है . agar ēk ēk ministry mē̃ proof hōgā tō automatically yah khabar ēk dō sē pahuñchtī hai . agar ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ministry mē̃[postp.] proof hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō automatically yah[pn.sg.d.] khabar[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if one one x in proof be[fut.m.sg.23] then x this x one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from reach[pres.sg.f.23] .
266If each of the ministries receives this proof, then this news will automatically reach one another.
249और गवर्मेन्ट के पास हर एक डिपार्टमेंट में सेवा के लिए पैसे भी बहुत हैं लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल में यूज़ नहीं होता है . aur government kē pās har ēk department mē̃ sēvā kē liē paisē bhī bahut haĩ lēkin practical mē̃ use nahī̃ hōtā hai . aur government kē pās[x] har ēk[x] department mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin practical mē̃[postp.] use nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and government to each one x in service for money too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but practical in use not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
267The Government does have money for each of the departments, but it is not being used in a practical way.
250सहयोग दे सकते हैं . sahyōg dē saktē haĩ . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . cooperation give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
268You can give them your co-operation.
251लेकिन प्रूफ चाहिए . lēkin proof chāhiē . lēkin proof chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . but proof (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
269However, proof is needed.
252जैसे गांव वालों को गवर्मेन्ट ने मदद देकरके सैलवेशन दी है . jaisē gānv vālō̃ kō government nē madad dēkarkē salvation dī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] government nē[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[abs.] salvation dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . like village those who to government ∅ x give[abs.] salvation give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 253हर एक वर्ग वाले ऐसे दिखायें . har ēk varg vālē aisē dikhāyē̃ . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . each one profession those who such x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
270Just as the Government helped the villagers and gave them salvation, so each Wing should show such results.
254दो चार गांव तो तैयार किये हैं ना . dō chār gānv tō taiyār kiyē haĩ nā . dō chār[x] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . x village then x do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
271Two to four villages have been prepared in this way.
255अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
272Achcha.
256डबल विदेशी : यूथ ग्रुप भी है हाथ उठाओ . double vidēśhī : youth group bhī hai hāth uṭhāō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : youth group bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner : youth group too be[pres.sg.23] raise your hands .
273Double foreigners: Youth Group too, raise your hands!
257अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
274Achcha.
258डबल विदेशियों ने मधुबन में अपनी और अपने साथियों की उन्नति के प्रोग्राम अच्छे बनाये हैं और रिजल्ट भी बापदादा ने सुने . double vidēśhiyō̃ nē madhuban mē̃ apnī aur apnē sāthiyō̃ key|kī unnati K|kē programme achchhē banāyē haĩ aur result bhī bāpdādā nē sunē . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur result bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sunnā[opt.sg.23] . double foreigner ∅ Madhuban in one’s own and one’s own companion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) self-progress (K|of) programme achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and result too BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|listen[opt.sg.23]) .
275Double foreigners have created a good programme in Madhuban for progress of the self and for the companions and BapDada has also heard the result.
259तो सभी अच्छा मधुबन के वायुमण्डल में रिफ्रेश होके जाते हैं और टीचर्स भी अच्छी प्यार से मेहनत कर रही हैं . tō sabhī achchhā madhuban K|kē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ refresh hōkē jātē haĩ aur teachers bhī achchhī pyār sē mēhnat kar rahī haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] refresh hōnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur teacher bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . then all achcha Madhuban (K|of) atmosphere in refresh be[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and teacher too achcha love from effort do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
276Everyone goes back from the atmosphere of Madhuban very well refreshed and the teachers are also making a lot of effort with a lot of love.
260तो डबल विदेशी स्वयं भी लाभ ले रहे हैं और औरों को भी लाभ दिला रहे हैं . tō double vidēśhī svayã bhī lābh lē rahē haĩ aur aurō̃ kō bhī lābh dilā rahē haĩ . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã bhī[p.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then double foreigner x too x take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and others to too x x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
277Double foreigners themselves are taking benefit and also giving this benefit to others.
261यह समाचार बापदादा ने सुना है और रिजल्ट भी सुनी है . yah samāchār bāpdādā nē sunā hai aur result bhī sunī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur result bhī[p.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this news BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and result too listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
278BapDada has heard this news and also the result.
262अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
279It is good.
263अभी बापदादा डबल विदेशियों द्वारा चाहे यूथ चाहे टीचर्स चाहे बच्चों का भी जो करते रहते हैं वह सुना . abhī bāpdādā double vidēśhiyō̃ dvārā chāhē youth chāhē teachers chāhē bachchō̃ kā bhī jō kartē rahtē haĩ vah sunā . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē youth chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē teacher chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . now BapDada double foreigner through (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) youth (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) teacher (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) child of too that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
280BapDada heard of the service taking place through the double foreigners, whether it is the Youth, the teachers or the children.
264लेकिन अभी विदेशियों द्वारा एक प्रोग्राम ऐसा भारत में हो जो वी . आई . पी हर शहर के विशेष विशेष सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क वाले वी . आई . पी का इिन्डया में प्रोग्राम हो . lēkin abhī vidēśhiyō̃ dvārā ēk programme aisā bhārat mē̃ hō jō V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī har|her śhahar K|kē viśhēṣh viśhēṣh sambandh samparka vālē V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī kā India mē̃ programme hō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā ēk[adj.] programme aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] harnā[root]|har|her śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] India mē̃[postp.] programme hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but now foreigner through one programme such Bharat in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) (x[root]|x) city (K|of) special special relationship x those who (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) of India in programme (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 265वी . आई . पी का . V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī kā . V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) of .
281However, there should now be such a programme by the double foreigners in Bharat to serve the VIPs of all the cities in Bharat, specially those who are in connection and relationship. 282There should be this programme in Bharat to serve the VIPs.
266हर एक देश में कोई न कोई वी . आई . पी तो होते हैं तो विशेष जो मुख्य देश है उनमें जो भी सम्पर्क वाले वी . आई . पी हैं ब्राह्मण नहीं वी . आई . पी ब्राह्मणों का तो बनाया है वह भी अच्छा है . har ēk dēśh mē̃ kōī na kōī V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī tō hōtē haĩ tō viśhēṣh jō mukhya dēśh hai unmē̃ jō bhī samparka vālē V|we . āī|eye|I . pī haĩ brāhmaṇ nahī̃ V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī brāhmaṇō̃ kā tō banāyā hai vah bhī achchhā hai . har ēk[x] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] mukhya[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one land in one .. or another (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) then be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then special that main land be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] that too x those who (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] Brahmin not (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) Brahmin of then create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
283In each country/state, there is one or another VIP, and so in the main states, invite the IPs and VIPs, not the Brahmins, because you have had a programme of the Brahmins. 284That is also good.
267एक तरफ ब्राह्मणों का चले एक तरफ वी . आई . पी का चले . ēk taraph brāhmaṇō̃ kā chalē ēk taraph V|we . āī|eye|I . P|pī kā chalē . ēk taraph[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk taraph[x] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x Brahmin of (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) of (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 268जो मीडिया में आवे कि देश विदेश के सम्पर्क वाले भी लाभ ले रहे हैं . jō media mē̃ āvē ki dēśh vidēśh K|kē samparka vālē bhī lābh lē rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] media mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that media in come[opt.sg.23] that land abroad (K|of) x those who too x take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
285On one side a programme for the Brahmins and on the other side a programme for the VIPs., and it should be covered by the Media showing that the contact souls of this land and abroad are taking benefit.
269बाकी तो सेवा अच्छी बढ़ा रहे हैं हर टर्न में अनेक देशों के ब्राह्मण इकट्ठे होते हैं यह भी एक ब्राह्मण परिवार के लिए शोभा है . bākī tō sēvā achchhī baṛhā rahē haĩ har|her turn mē̃ anēk dēśhō̃ K|kē brāhmaṇ ikaṭṭhē hōtē haĩ yah bhī ēk brāhmaṇ parivār kē liē śhōbhā hai . bākī|bākī tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] śhōbhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (others|but) then service achcha increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] (x[root]|x) you in many land (K|of) Brahmin together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this too one Brahmin family for x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
286You are making service grow very well. 287To have Brahmins gathered together from many countries in every turn is also the beauty of the Brahmin family.
270इससे सिद्ध होता है तो विश्व की आत्माओं का इन्टे्रस्ट है . issē siddha hōtā hai tō viśhva key|kī ātmāō̃ kā interest hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] interest hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.m.23] then world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul of interest be[pres.sg.23] .
288This proves that the souls of the world have an interest.
271जैसे अभी मिडिलइस्ट वालों में आवाज अच्छा फैल रहा है . jaisē abhī MiddleEast vālō̃ mē̃ āvāj achchhā phail rahā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] Middle East vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . like now Middle East those who in noise achcha spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
289For example, the sound is spreading very well in the Middle East.
272चाहे दूसरे धर्म वाले हैं लेकिन इन्ट्रेस्ट अच्छा है ऐसे वी . आई . पीज का भी ग्रुप इकठ्ठा लाओ तो बहुत अच्छा है . chāhē dūsrē dharm vālē haĩ lēkin interest achchhā hai aisē V|we . āī|eye|I . Ps kā bhī group ikaṭhṭhā lāō tō bahut achchhā hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin interest achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] group ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) other religion those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] but interest achcha be[pres.sg.23] such (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. of too group together x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
290Even though they are from a different religion, they are interested. 291In the same way, bring a group of VIPs for that would be very good.
273ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
292Is that all right?
274अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
293It is good.
275इसने पान का बीडा उठाया है आओ . isnē pān kā bīḍā uṭhāyā hai āō . yah[pn.sg.nē] pān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.nē] drink of responsibility uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
294This one has taken the responsibility. 295Come.
276 ( डा . निर्मला दीदी को बापदादा ने स्टेज पर बुलाया ) बहुत अच्छा . ( ḍā . Nirmalā dīdī kō bāpdādā nē stage par bulāyā ) bahut achchhā . ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bulānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( x . Nirmala didi to BapDada ∅ stage (at|other) call[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) very achcha .
296(BapDada called Dr. 297Nirmala Didi onto the stage and put His hand on her head.) 298Very good.
277देश विदेश इन्डिया में भी और विदेश में भी दोनों तरफ अटेन्शन दे अपनी जिम्मेवारी सम्भाली है इसलिए बापदादा को विदेश के ब्राह्मणों के ऊपर नाज़ है विदेश और देश दोनों की जिम्मेवारी सम्भाली है . dēśh vidēśh India mē̃ bhī aur vidēśh mē̃ bhī dōnō̃ taraph attention dē apnī jimmēvārī sambhālī hai isliē bāpdādā kō vidēśh K|kē brāhmaṇō̃ kē ūpar nāz hai vidēśh aur dēśh dōnō̃ key|kī jimmēvārī sambhālī hai . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dōnō̃ taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] nāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . land abroad India in too and abroad in too x direction attention (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) one’s own responsibility be careful[pres-perf.sg.f.23] therefore BapDada to abroad (K|of) Brahmin over pleasure be[pres.sg.23] abroad and land x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) responsibility be careful[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
299You have paid attention to this land and abroad, in India and also abroad and looked after your responsibilities and this is why BapDada is proud of the Brahmins from abroad. 300You have looked after the responsibilities of this land and abroad.
278बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
301BapDada is pleased.
279अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
302Achcha.
280अभी विदेश वाले हर एक देश में एक ही समय पर एक टॉपिक सारे विदेश के मुख्य शहरों में फैल जाए कि ब्रह्माकुमारियों का प्रोग्राम हर देश में एक ही समय पर हो रहा है . abhī vidēśh vālē har ēk dēśh mē̃ ēk hī samay par ēk topic sārē vidēśh K|kē mukhya śhaharō̃ mē̃ phail jāē ki brahmākumāriyō̃ kā programme har|her dēśh mē̃ ēk hī samay par hō rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ēk[adj.] topic sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukhya[adj.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] phailnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme harnā[root]|har|her dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . now abroad those who each one land in one only time (at|other) one topic the whole abroad (K|of) main city in spread[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that Brahma Kumari of programme (x[root]|x) land in one only time (at|other) be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
303Now, those from abroad should have a programme with the same topic on the same day in all the main cities and the news should spread, that a programme by the Brahma Kumaris is taking place at the same time in every country.
281यह भी आपस में मिल करके प्रोग्राम बनाना . yah bhī āpas mē̃ mil karkē programme banānā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this too with each other receive[root] do[abs.] programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] . 282देश में भी विदेश में भी . dēśh mē̃ bhī vidēśh mē̃ bhī . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] . land in too abroad in too .
304Get together and create such a programme in this land and abroad too.
283पसन्द है ना ! pasand hai nā ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
305Do you like it?
284अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
306Achcha.
285विदेश वाले बापदादा को एक बात में अच्छे लगते हैं कौन सी बात में मैजारिटी मिक्स तो होते ही हैं लेकिन मैजारिटी अपने दिल में कोई भी बात अगर नियम के विरूध होती है तो स्पष्ट बोलने में स्पष्ट कह देते हैं . vidēśh vālē bāpdādā kō ēk bāt mē̃ achchhē lagtē haĩ kaun C|see|sī bāt mē̃ majority mix tō hōtē hī haĩ lēkin majority apnē dil mē̃ kōī bhī bāt agar niyam K|kē virūdh hōtī hai tō spaṣhṭ bōlnē mē̃ spaṣhṭ kah dētē haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] majority mix tō hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin majority apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] agar niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viruddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō spaṣhṭ[adj.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . abroad those who BapDada to one matter in achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] who (x|see) matter in majority x then be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] but majority one’s own heart in anyone matter if law (K|of) against be[pres.sg.f.23] then clearly speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clearly say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
307BapDada likes those from abroad for one thing: in which one thing do the majority - it is mixed, but still, in the majority, if they do something that is against the disciplines, then they tell the seniors about it very clearly.
286ज्यादा टाइम दिल में नहीं रखते हैं दिल से निकल ही जाता है . jyādā time dil mē̃ nahī̃ rakhtē haĩ dil sē nikal hī jātā hai . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[root] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . more time heart in not keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] heart from be extracted[root] only go[pres.sg.m.23] .
308They do not hold it in their heart for a long time; they remove it from their heart.
287इसलिए जो भी बात है वह ज्यादा समय दिल में नहीं रखना . isliē jō bhī bāt hai vah jyādā samay dil mē̃ nahī̃ rakhnā . isliē jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore that too matter be[pres.sg.23] that more time heart in not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
309Therefore, whatever it is, do not keep it in your heart for a long time.
288कोई भी कमज़ोरी को अगर ज्यादा समय दिल में रखते हैं तो फिर संस्कार बन जाते हैं नेचर बन जाती है . kōī bhī kamzōrī kō agar jyādā samay dil mē̃ rakhtē haĩ tō phir saṅskār ban jātē haĩ nature ban jātī hai . kōī bhī[x] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] agar jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] saṅskār[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nature bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . anyone weakness to if more time heart in keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (then|turn[root]) sanskar become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nature become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
310If you hold onto any weakness in your heart for a long time, then that becomes a sanskar; it becomes your nature.
289इसलिए यह संस्कार अच्छा है जो भी कमज़ोरी आवे वह जल्दी सुनाके परिवर्तन कर लो . isliē yah saṅskār achchhā hai jō bhī kamzōrī āvē vah jaldī sunākē parivartan kar lō . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jaldī sunānā[abs.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . therefore this sanskar achcha be[pres.sg.23] that too weakness come[opt.sg.23] that very quickly speak[abs.] transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
311This is why this sanskar is good: whatever weakness emerges, then quickly tell the seniors about it and transform it.
290और करने में कोई कोई बहुत अच्छे बच्चे हैं जो अपना हाल स्पष्ट सुना देते हैं . aur karnē mē̃ kōī kōī bahut achchhē bachchē haĩ jō apnā hall|hāl spaṣhṭ sunā dētē haĩ . aur karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . and do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in some some very achcha child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (one’s own|adopt[root]) (hall|x) clearly speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
312In doing this, some are very good that they tell about their condition very clearly.
291तो यह बहुत अच्छी बात है . tō yah bahut achchhī bāt hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this very achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .
313So, this is something very good.
292मिक्स तो होता है लेकिन मैजारिटी . mix tō hōtā hai lēkin majority . mix tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin majority . x then be[pres.sg.m.23] but majority .
314Of course the children are mixed, but the majority do this.
293बाकी तो उन्नति हो रही है और उन्नति होती रहेगी . bākī tō unnati hō rahī hai aur unnati hōtī rahēgī . bākī|bākī tō unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (others|but) then self-progress be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and self-progress be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
315Progress is taking place and it will continue to take place.
294अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
316Achcha.
295बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
317BapDada is pleased.
296अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
318Achcha.
297दादियों से : अच्छा चल रहा है और आगे भी अच्छा चलता रहेगा . dādiyō̃ sē : achchhā chal rahā hai aur āgē bhī achchhā chaltā rahēgā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . Dadi from : achcha continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and previously too achcha continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
319Speaking to Dadis: Everything is going well and it will continue to be fine.
298आपस में मिलते रहो और एक दो के संस्कार को जान उससे मदद ले आगे उड़ते रहो क्योंकि हर एक में विशेषता अपनी अपनी है उस विशेषता से काम लेते रहो . āpas mē̃ miltē rahō aur ēk dō K|kē saṅskār kō jān ussē madad lē āgē uṛtē rahō kyōṅki har ēk mē̃ viśhēṣhtā apnī apnī hai us viśhēṣhtā sē kām lētē rahō . āpas mē̃[x] milnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] āgē uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki har ēk[x] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . with each other receive[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (K|of) sanskar to (know[root]|x) that[.sē] x (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) previously fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] because each one in speciality one’s own one’s own be[pres.sg.23] that speciality from (task|lust) take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
320Continue to meet among yourselves and, knowing one another's sanskars, take help from them and continue to fly ahead because each of you has your own speciality. 321Continue to use that speciality.
299ऐसा कोई भी नहीं है निमित्त बने हुए जिसमें कोई विशेषता नहीं हो लेकिन उसकी विशेषता अनुसार उस एक दो को सहयोग दे आगे स्वयं भी बढ़ते चलो संगठन को भी बढ़ाते चलो . aisā kōī bhī nahī̃ hai nimitt banē huē jismē̃ kōī viśhēṣhtā nahī̃ hō lēkin uskī viśhēṣhtā anusār us ēk dō kō sahyōg dē āgē svayã bhī baṛhtē chalō saṅgaṭhan kō bhī baṛhātē chalō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] anusār vah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] āgē svayã bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such anyone not be[pres.sg.23] instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that[.mē̃] some speciality not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that[.kī] speciality according to that one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) previously x too grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gathering to too increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
322There isn't a single person who has become an instrument and does not have any speciality, but, according to their specialities, give co-operation to one another and continue to move forward yourself and also make the gathering move forward.
300ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
323Is that all right?
301अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
324It is good.
302हर एक की विशेषता को तो जानते हो और हर एक को अपनी अपनी विशेषता को सेवा में लगाना चाहिए . har ēk key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō tō jāntē hō aur har ēk kō apnī apnī viśhēṣhtā kō sēvā mē̃ lagānā chāhiē . har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lagānā[.oblig3] . each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to then know[pres.pl.m.2] and each one to one’s own one’s own speciality to service in (attach[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|attach[.oblig3]) .
325You know each one's specialities and everyone should use their own speciality for service.
303ऐसा कोई भी नहीं है जिसमें कोई विशेषता नहीं हो लेकिन उसकी विशेषता को आगे रखके उससे ही काम लो . aisā kōī bhī nahī̃ hai jismē̃ kōī viśhēṣhtā nahī̃ hō lēkin uskī viśhēṣhtā kō āgē rakhkē ussē hī kām low|lō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] āgē rakhnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.sē] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such anyone not be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] some speciality not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that[.kī] speciality to previously keep[abs.] that[.sē] only (task|lust) (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
326There isn't anyone who doesn't have a speciality, but take help from others keeping their speciality in front of you.
304बाकी चलना ही है सफलता तो सदा के लिए बनी हुई है . bākī chalnā hī hai saphaltā tō sadā kē liē banī huī hai . bākī|bākī chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō sadā kē liē[x] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (others|but) continue[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] success then constantly for become[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
327You have to move along, and success is guaranteed for all time.
305और हर एक का अपना अपना पार्ट भी नूंधा हुआ है सफलता है ही है . aur har ēk kā apnā apnā part bhī nūndhā huā hai saphaltā hai hī hai . aur har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nūndhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and each one of (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) part too x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
328Each one's own individual part is fixed, and success is fixed.
306आप निमित्त बने अभी यह इतने सब हैं एक एक को सफलता का वरदान मिला हुआ है . āp nimitt banē abhī yah itnē sab haĩ ēk ēk kō saphaltā kā vardān milā huā hai . āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) now this such all be[pres.pl.12hon3] one one to success of blessing (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
329You have become instruments, but all these too (speaking to the gathering), each one has received a blessing for success.
307अपनी विशेषता को संगठित रूप में कार्य में लगाओ . apnī viśhēṣhtā kō saṅgaṭhit rūp mē̃ kārya mē̃ lagāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own speciality to x Rup in task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
330Use your speciality collectively in the gathering.
308सफलता में एक दो को सहयोग देकरके वायुमण्डल में सफलता फैलाओ . saphaltā mē̃ ēk dō kō sahyōg dēkarkē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ saphaltā phailāō . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . success in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation give[abs.] atmosphere in success spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
331Give your co-operation to one another and continue to spread success into the atmosphere.
309अच्छा है बापदादा खुश है . achchhā hai bāpdādā khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
332It is good. 333BapDada is pleased.
310खुश है लेकिन अभी संगठन को पक्का करो . khuśh hai lēkin abhī saṅgaṭhan kō pakkā karō . khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . happy be[pres.sg.23] but now gathering to firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
334Baba is pleased, but now strengthen the gathering.
311आप लोग तो ठीक हैं लेकिन संगठन को और थोड़ा मजबूत करो उसके लिए कोई प्लैन बनाओ . āp lōg tō ṭhīk haĩ lēkin saṅgaṭhan kō aur thōṛā majbūt karō uskē liē kōī plan banāō . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin saṅgaṭhan[x] kō[postp.] aur thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you people then OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] but gathering to and short x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
335All of you are fine, but make the gathering a little more strong, and so make a plan for that.
312अभी टाइम बनाओ यह जरूरी है . abhī time banāō yah jarūrī hai . ab[adv.hī] time banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now time create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this essential be[pres.sg.23] .
336Now, make time for this because it is necessary.
313जैसे सभी को रिफ्रेश करना जरूरी है तो यह संगठन भी जरूरी है . jaisē sabhī kō refresh karnā jarūrī hai tō yah saṅgaṭhan bhī jarūrī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] refresh karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like all to refresh do[inf.m.sg.d.] essential be[pres.sg.23] then this gathering too essential be[pres.sg.23] .
337Jus as it is necessary to refresh everyone, in the same way, this gathering is also necessary.
314वह तारीख ऐसी मुकरर करो जो सभी निमित्त जाने आने वालों को उस डेट का पता हो और कोई भी उस दिन में प्रोग्राम और नहीं बनावे तभी चलेगा . vah tārīkh aisī mukarar karō jō sabhī nimitt jānē ānē vālō̃ kō us date kā patā hō aur kōī bhī us din mē̃ programme aur nahī̃ banāvē tabhī chalēgā . vah[pn.sg.d.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mukarar karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] date kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.o.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] programme aur nahī̃[neg] banānā[opt.sg.23] tabhī chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that x such x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all instrument (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to that date of knowledge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) someone else too that day in programme and not create[opt.sg.23] x continue[fut.m.sg.23] .
338Fix a date such that all those instruments who are coming or going are aware of that, and no other programme should be fixed for that day, and only then will this work.
315चलो मास में दो बार तो करो . chalō mās mē̃ dō bār tō karō . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|month) in (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) time then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
339At least do it twice in a month.
316लक्ष्य रखेंगे ना चाहे बहिनें आपस में करो चाहे बड़ी मीटिंग करो लेकिन फिक्स करो . lakṣhya rakhē̃gē nā chāhē bahinē̃ āpas mē̃ karō chāhē baṛī meeting karō lēkin fix karō . lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āpas mē̃[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . aim keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x with each other do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
340If you keep the aim, whether the sisters do it amongst themselves or whether you hold a big meeting, but definitely fix this.
317प्रोग्राम ही इसी विधि से बनाओ . programme hī isī vidhi sē banāō . programme hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . programme only this[.hī] method from create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
341Create a programme with this method.
318सुनाया ना कि अपना अपना प्रोग्राम बना देते हैं आने जाने का तो फिर मिस हो जाता है . sunāyā nā ki apnā apnā programme banā dētē haĩ ānē jānē kā tō phir miss hō jātā hai . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] programme banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] miss hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ that (one’s own|adopt[root]) (one’s own|adopt[root]) programme create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of then (then|turn[root]) miss be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
342When you fix your own programmes for going or coming from somewhere, this is then missed out.
319आने जाने का प्रोग्राम उसी विधि से बनाओ . ānē jānē kā programme usī vidhi sē banāō . ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme vah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of programme that[.hī] method from create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
343Now create your programmes for going to other places with this method.
320फिर ठीक हो जायेगा . phir ṭhīk hō jāyēgā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
344Then everything will be fine.
321तीनों बड़े भाईयों से : आप लोग जो निमित्त हो चाहे भाई चाहे बहनें जो भी निमित्त है परिवार निर्विघ्न रहे उसके लिए कुछ टाइम फिक्स करो . tīnō̃ baṛē bhāīyō̃ sē : āp lōg jō nimitt hō chāhē bhāī chāhē bahanē̃ jō bhī nimitt hai parivār nirvighna rahē uskē liē kuchh time fix karō . tīnō̃[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhānā[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kuchh time fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all three very brother from : you people that instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) be liked[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] x that too instrument be[pres.sg.23] family free from obstacles (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) anything time fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
345To the Senior Brothers: All of you who are instruments, whether brothers or sisters, those who are instruments, fix a time for the family to remain free from obstacles.
322अमृतवेले बाप को तो अपना टाइम देते हो और सेवा के प्रति भी टाइम देते हो और खास परिवार की उन्नति के लिए और यज्ञ की कारोबार आगे आगे बढ़ती जाए गवर्मेन्ट द्वारा चाहे आपस में निर्विघ्न होता जाए उसके लिए अमृतवेले 10 मिनट हर एक को देना है . amr̥itvēlē bāp kō tō apnā time dētē hō aur sēvā kē prati bhī time dētē hō aur khās parivār key|kī unnati kē liē aur yagya key|kī kārōbār āgē āgē baṛhtī jāē government dvārā chāhē āpas mē̃ nirvighna hōtā jāē uskē liē amr̥itvēlē 10 minute har ēk kō dēnā hai . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] time dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] bhī[p.] time dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur khās parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē liē[x] aur yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kārōbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē āgē baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] government dvārā chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē āpas mē̃[x] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] 10 minute har ēk[x] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . amrit vela father to then (one’s own|adopt[root]) time give[pres.pl.m.2] and service for too time give[pres.pl.m.2] and x family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) self-progress for and sacrificial fire (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x previously previously grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] government through (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) with each other free from obstacles be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) amrit vela 10 minute each one to give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
346You give your time at amrit vela to the Father, and you also give time for service, and now, for the progress of the family and for the activities of the yagya to move forward, so that everything is free from obstacles in terms of the Government and among yourselves, each one has to give ten minutes for that at amrit vela.
323कोई भी सरकमस्टांश सभी के योग से सभी के समय देने से ठीक हो सकता है . kōī bhī circumstance sabhī K|kē yōg sē sabhī K|kē samay dēnē sē ṭhīk hō saktā hai . kōī bhī[x] circumstance sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . anyone circumstances all (K|of) yoga from all (K|of) time give[inf.m.pl.,o.] from OK be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
347No matter what the circumstances are, with everyone's yoga and everyone giving their time, everything will work out fine.
324सभी का एक ही संकल्प हो तभी होगा . sabhī kā ēk hī saṅkalp hō tabhī hōgā . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tabhī hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . all of one only thought (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
348This will only happen when everyone has the same thought.
325अच्छा है बड़ी दिल रखो आता जायेगा सोचेंगे ना यह करूं नहीं करूं नहीं करूं करूं में टाइम नही गंवाओ . achchhā hai baṛī dil rakhō ātā jāyēgā sōchē̃gē nā yah karū̃ nahī̃ karū̃ nahī̃ karū̃ karū̃ mē̃ time nahī ganvāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] baṛī dil[x] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.1] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] karnā[opt.sg.1] mē̃[postp.] time nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ this do[opt.sg.1] not do[opt.sg.1] not do[opt.sg.1] do[opt.sg.1] in time not lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
349It is good. 350Have a big heart. 351Things will come. 352If you think whether you should do this or not do it, then time will be wasted in that. 353Do not waste your time in that.
326आजकल समय है अगर आप सभी शुभ भावना का एक संकल्प रखो कि होना ही है तो हो सकता है . ājkal samay hai agar āp sabhī śhubh bhāvnā kā ēk saṅkalp rakhō ki hōnā hī hai tō hō saktā hai . ājkal samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] agar āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] śhubh bhāvnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . nowadays time be[pres.sg.23] if you all pure feeling of one thought keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] then be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
354Nowadays, it is the time and if you all have one thought of good wishes, that this has to happen, it can happen.
327यह वरदान है . yah vardān hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
355This is a blessing.
328कायदेसिर भी और दिल बड़ी भी सिर्फ कायदा नहीं दिल बड़ी रख करके फिर कायदा . kāydēsir bhī aur dil baṛī bhī sirph kāydā nahī̃ dil baṛī rakh karkē phir kāydā . kāydēsir bhī[p.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sirph[adj.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[root] karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . x too and heart very too only law not heart very keep[root] do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) law .
356Do everything lawfully and also with a big heart. 357Do not just look at the law, but also have a big heart and then look at the law.
329सभी का एक ही संकल्प हो होना है क्यों-क्या नहीं होना ही है . sabhī kā ēk hī saṅkalp hō hōnā hai kyō̃-kyā nahī̃ hōnā hī hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyā-kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all of one only thought (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x not be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
358Everyone should have the one thought: It has to happen. 359Do not ask, "Why?" or "What?" 360No.
330तो इस विधि से सब सहज हो जायेगा . tō is vidhi sē sab sahaj hō jāyēgā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then this method from all easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
361It has to happen. 362With this method everything will become easy.
331बस 10 मिनट आप सब निमित्त बनी हुई आत्माओं को खास टाइम निर्विघ्न परिवार निर्विघ्न के प्रति 10 मिनट योग करना है तो सहज हो जायेगा . bas 10 minute āp sab nimitt banī huī ātmāō̃ kō khās time nirvighna parivār nirvighna kē prati 10 minute yōg karnā hai tō sahaj hō jāyēgā . basnā[root]|bas 10 minute āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khās time nirvighna[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] kē prati[x] 10 minute yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x[root]|simply) 10 minute you all instrument become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul to x time free from obstacles family free from obstacles for 10 minute yoga do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
363Simply ten minutes. 364All of you instrument souls have especially to give ten minutes so that the family remains free from obstacles. 365If you have ten minutes of yoga, everything will become easy.
332अभी समय है सहज हो सकता है . abhī samay hai sahaj hō saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now time be[pres.sg.23] easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
366There is still time and it can become easy.
333सिर्फ हो जायेगा हो जायेगा … . sirph hō jāyēgā hō jāyēgā … . sirph[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … . only be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … .
367Simply have the thought, "It will happen, it will happen."
334दिल्ली में होने वाले प्रोग्राम का समाचार आशा बहन बापदादा को सुना रही हैंः हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है बापदादा खुश है . dillī mē̃ hōnē vālē programme kā samāchār āśhā bahan bāpdādā kō sunā rahī haĩ himmat achchhī rakhī hai bāpdādā khuśh hai . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Delhi in be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who programme of news desire x BapDada to speak[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
368Ashaben related to BapDada news about the programme that is going to take place in Delhi: You have maintained good courage well. 369BapDada is pleased.
335प्रोग्राम के टाइम हर एक दिल्ली वाला ऐसे समझे हमको मन्सा सहयोग देना है . programme K|kē time har ēk dillī vālā aisē samajhē hamkō mansā sahyōg dēnā hai . programme K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time har ēk[x] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.kō] mansā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . programme (K|of) time each one Delhi those who such (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23]) we[.kō] through the mind cooperation give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 336और वायबे्रशन फैलाने हैं चाहे सेन्टर पर रहे लेकिन समझे हम सेवा पर हैं वह घण्टे अपने को कहाँ भी हो लेकिन समझे हमारी सेवा है तो अच्छा हो जायेगा . aur vibration phailānē haĩ chāhē centre par rahē lēkin samajhē ham sēvā par haĩ vah ghaṇṭē apnē kō kahā̃ bhī hō lēkin samajhē hamārī sēvā hai tō achchhā hō jāyēgā . aur vibration phailānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . and vibrations spread[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) centre (at|other) (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) but (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23]) we service (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] that hour one’s own to where too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23]) we[.kī] service be[pres.sg.23] then achcha be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
370At the time of the programme, those from Delhi should understand that they have to give their co-operation through their thoughts and spread the vibrations. 371Even if they are at the centre, they should think that they are on service, so that no matter where they are during that hour, they should think that it is their service and everything will work out well.
337 ( सब कह रहे हैं आपकी कृपा दृष्टि रहे ) आप सभी कृपा दृष्टि रखो . ( sab kah rahē haĩ āpkī kr̥ipā dr̥iṣhṭi rahē ) āp sabhī kr̥ipā dr̥iṣhṭi rakhō . ( sab[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kī] kr̥ipā[n.f.;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] ) āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kr̥ipā[n.f.;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( all say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] you[.kī] mercy drishti (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) ) you all mercy drishti keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
372(Everyone is saying that it is Your vision of mercy.) 373All of you should have a vision of mercy.
338गायत्री बहन से : आपको बापदादा और सभी का यादप्यार पहुंचता रहा . gāyatrī bahan sē : āpkō bāpdādā aur sabhī kā yādpyār pahuñchtā rahā . gāyatrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā aur sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Gayatri x from : you[.kō] BapDada and all of love, remembrance reach[pres-part.m.sg.d.] (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
374To Sister Gayatri: The love and remembrance of BapDada and everyone continued to reach you.
339इसका दिल तो यहाँ था और शरीर वहाँ था . iskā dil tō yahā̃ thā aur śharīr vahā̃ thā . yah[pn.sg.kā] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yahā̃ hōnā[past.m.sg] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahā̃ hōnā[past.m.sg] . this[.kā] heart then here be[past.m.sg] and body there be[past.m.sg] .
375Her heart was here and her body was there.
340जर्मनी में रिट्रीट का स्थान बनाना है : अच्छा है दिखाओ किसी को बन जाये तो अच्छा है . jarmanī mē̃ retreat kā sthān banānā hai : achchhā hai dikhāō kisī kō ban jāyē tō achchhā hai . jarmanī mē̃[postp.] retreat kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x in x of place create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] : achcha be[pres.sg.23] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (some|anything) to become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
376Creating a retreat place in Germany: It is good. 377Show it to someone. 378If it happens, it is good.
341मेहमानों से : आप मेहमान हैं या महान बन गये ? mēhmānō̃ sē : āp mēhmān haĩ yā mahān ban gayē ? mēhmān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.] mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? guest from : you guest be[pres.pl.12hon3] or great become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
379Meeting the Guests: Are you guests (mehmaan) or have you become great (mahaan)?
342मेहमान तो नहीं समझते ना . mēhmān tō nahī̃ samajhtē nā . mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . guest then not understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ .
380You don't consider yourselves to be guests, do you?
343महान बनने वाले हैं . mahān bannē vālē haĩ . mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . great become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
381You are those who have become great.
344महान बनना ही है . mahān bannā hī hai . mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . great become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
382You have to become great.
345यहाँ आना सम्बन्ध में आना अर्थात् आगे बढ़ते ही जायेंगे . yahā̃ ānā sambandh mē̃ ānā arthāt āgē baṛhtē hī jāyēṅgē . yahā̃ ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . here (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) relationship in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
383To come here and to come into relationship means you will continue to move forward.
346आशीर्वाद है ही . āśhīrvād hai hī . āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . blessing be[pres.sg.23] only .
384You already have blessings.
347देखो आप यहाँ तक पहुंच गये हो तो किसने भेजा यहाँ ड्रामा ने आपको यहाँ तक पहुंचाया . dēkhō āp yahā̃ tak pahuñch gayē hō tō kisnē bhējā yahā̃ drama nē āpkō yahā̃ tak pahuñchāyā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] yahā̃ tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō kaun[pn.sg.nē] bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yahā̃ drama nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] yahā̃ tak pahuñchānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you here until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then who[.nē] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] here drama ∅ you[.kō] here until cause to reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
385Look, you have all reached here and so who sent you here? 386It is drama that made you reach here.
348अभी यहाँ का देखा तो दिल में क्या उठता है ! abhī yahā̃ kā dēkhā tō dil mē̃ kyā uṭhtā hai ! ab[adv.hī] yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! now here of see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then heart in what wake up[pres.sg.m.23] !
387Now, you saw everything here and so what emerges in your heart?
349हमें सेवा करनी है . hamē̃ sēvā karnī hai . ham[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . we[.kō] service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
388"We have to do service".
350आप भी सारे परिवार के साथी हो ना कि साक्षी हो . āp bhī sārē parivār K|kē sāthī hō nā ki sākṣhī hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ki[conj.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you too the whole family (K|of) companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ that detached observer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
389You are companions of the whole family, are you not? 390Or, are you detached observers?
351साक्षी नहीं साथी . sākṣhī nahī̃ sāthī . sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . detached observer not companion .
391Not detached observers, but companions.
352तो साथी क्या करते हैं ? tō sāthī kyā kartē haĩ ? tō sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then companion what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
392So what do companions do?
353सहयोग देते हैं . sahyōg dētē haĩ . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . cooperation give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
393They give their co-operation.
354तो सभी कौन हो ? tō sabhī kaun hō ? tō sab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then all who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
394So, who are all of you?
355स्नेही हो सहयोगी हो लकी हो . snēhī hō sahyōgī hō lucky hō . snēhī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
395Loving, co-operative and lucky.
356बापदादा को भी आप सभी को देख खुशी है क्या खुशी है ? bāpdādā kō bhī āp sabhī kō dēkh khuśhī hai kyā khuśhī hai ? bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada to too you all to see[root] happiness be[pres.sg.23] what happiness be[pres.sg.23] ?
396BapDada is happy to see all of you. 397What happiness does Baba have?
357कि बिछुडे हुए बच्चे मिल गये . ki bichhuḍē huē bachchē mil gayē . ki[conj.] bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . that want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
398That He has found the children who were separated.
358अभी भूलना नहीं . abhī bhūlnā nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . now forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
399Now, do not forget.
359अपना घर है ना . apnā ghar hai nā . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . (one’s own|adopt[root]) home be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
400This is your home.
360आपको महसूस हुआ कि अपने घर में आये हैं ! āpkō mahsūs huā ki apnē ghar mē̃ āyē haĩ ! āp[pn.pl.kō] mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! you[.kō] experienced be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that one’s own home in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
401Do you feel that you have come to your home?
361तो अपना घर कभी भूलता है ? tō apnā ghar kabhī bhūltā hai ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhūlnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then (one’s own|adopt[root]) home ever forget[pres.sg.m.23] ?
402Can you ever forget your home?
362तो भूलेंगे नहीं आते रहेंगे . tō bhūlē̃gē nahī̃ ātē rahē̃gē . tō bhūlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then forget[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
403You will not forget, you will continue to come.
363जो मिला है वह बांटने के बिना रह नहीं सकते . jō milā hai vah bāṇṭnē K|kē binā rah nahī̃ saktē . jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that distribute[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
404You cannot stay without distributing what you have received.
364ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
405Are you all right?
365यह सेवा करते रहते अच्छा है . yah sēvā kartē rahtē achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
406It is good that you continue to do service.
366जो ऐसे ऐसे हो ना अपने ही शहर में ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार कर सकते हैं . jō aisē aisē hō nā apnē hī śhahar mē̃ aisā group taiyār kar saktē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . that such such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ one’s own only city in such group x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
407You are like that, are you not? 408You can prepare such a group in your own town.
367होना ही है सिर्फ निमित्त बनना . hōnā hī hai sirph nimitt bannā . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] only instrument become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
409It has to happen, you just have to be an instrument.
368सभी एक दो से लकी हो . sabhī ēk dō sē lucky hō . sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
410Each of you is luckier than the other.
369यहाँ आना अर्थात् आशीर्वाद मिलना . yahā̃ ānā arthāt āśhīrvād milnā . yahā̃ ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . here (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is blessing receive[inf.m.sg.d.] .
411To come here means to receive blessings.
370जो भी सेवा कर सकते हैं करते चलो . jō bhī sēvā kar saktē haĩ kartē chalō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
412Continue to do whatever service you can.
371बीच बीच में सेवा करते रहते हो यह अच्छा है . bīch bīch mē̃ sēvā kartē rahtē hō yah achchhā hai . bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . centre centre in service do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
413You continue to do service every now and then, and that is good.
372आखिर सभी को सन्देश पहुंच जायेगा . ākhir sabhī kō sandēśh pahuñch jāyēgā . ākhir sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . at last all to message reach[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
414Eventually, the message will reach everyone.
373निमित्त तो कोई बनेगा . nimitt tō kōī banēgā . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] . instrument then some become[fut.m.sg.23] .
415Someone will become an instrument.
374बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
416You have done very well.
375आ गये बहुत अच्छा . ā gayē bahut achchhā . ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] very achcha .
417You have come here and that is very good.
376मिडिलइस्ट के भाई बहिनों से : ( अरेबिक भाषा में यह कोर्स कराती है ) बहुत अच्छा बापदादा की दिल से दुआयें मिलती रहती हैं . MiddleEast K|kē bhāī bahinō̃ sē : ( Arabic bhāṣhā mē̃ yah course karātī hai ) bahut achchhā bāpdādā key|kī dil sē duāyē̃ miltī rahtī haĩ . Middle East K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( Arabic bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] course karānā[pres.sg.f.23] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . Middle East (K|of) (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x from : ( Arabic language in this course make commit[pres.sg.f.23] ) very achcha BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) heart from blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
418Speaking to the Sisters and Brother from the Middle East: (This one gives courses in the Arabic language). 419Very good. 420You continue to receive blessings from BapDada's heart.
377और इसने भी अच्छा सर्विस का सबूत दिया . aur isnē bhī achchhā service kā sabūt diyā . aur yah[pn.sg.nē] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and this[.nē] too achcha service of x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
421This one has also given very good proof of service.
378जो विशेषता है उस विशेषता को कार्य में लगाया लगाती रहो . jō viśhēṣhtā hai us viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ lagāyā lagātī rahō . jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . that speciality be[pres.sg.23] that speciality to task in attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
422You have used your specialities, continue to use them.
379यह वरदान है . yah vardān hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
423This is a blessing.
380ऐसे ऐसे आत्मायें तैयार हो जाएं तो आवाज फैलता जायेगा . aisē aisē ātmāyē̃ taiyār hō jāē̃ tō āvāj phailtā jāyēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . such such soul x be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then noise spread[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
424Let such souls become ready and the sound will continue to spread.
381बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
425Very good.
382 ( छोटे बच्चे से ) यह भी याद करता है ! ( chhōṭē bachchē sē ) yah bhī yād kartā hai ! ( chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! ( small child from ) this too remember !
426(Speaking to a little kumar). 427This one also remembers Baba.
383बाप को याद करता है ! bāp kō yād kartā hai ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! father to remember !
428Do you remember Baba?
384यह साथी है . yah sāthī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this companion be[pres.sg.23] .
429This one is a companion.
385हैण्ड अच्छा है बाप का सन्देश देने के योग्य आत्मा हो . hand achchhā hai bāp kā sandēśh dēnē K|kē yōgya ātmā hō . hand achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . hand achcha be[pres.sg.23] father of message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) worthy soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
430She is a very good hand. 431You are a soul who is capable of giving BapDada's message.
386बहुत कर सकती हो और भी ज्यादा कर सकती हो . bahut kar saktī hō aur bhī jyādā kar saktī hō . bahut karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] aur bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] . very do[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] and too more do[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] .
432You can do a lot. 433You can do a lot more.
387यह भी साथी बहुत अच्छा है . yah bhī sāthī bahut achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too companion very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
434This companion is also very good.
388एक दो को साथ देते चलो . ēk dō kō sāth dētē chalō . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to with give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
435Continue to give company to one another.
436* * * O M S H A N T I * * *